Home

SAN32M-2 Installation and Service Manual

1. Bytes 8 11 Merge failure reason Action 01 Invalid data length Go to step 23 08 Invalid zone set format Go to step 23 09 Invalid data Go to step 24 0A Cannot merge Go to step 24 FO Retry limit reached Go to step 23 F1 Invalid response length Go to step 23 F2 Invalid response code Go to step 23 23 A zone merge process failed during ISL initialization The following list explains the reason e Reason 01 An invalid data length condition caused an error in a zone merge frame e Reason 08 An invalid zone set format caused an error in a zone merge frame e Reason FO A retry limit reached condition caused an error ina zone merge frame e Reason F1 An invalid response length condition caused an error in a zone merge frame e Reason F2 An invalid response code caused an error in a zone merge frame Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the E_Port reporting the problem then reconnect the cable to the same port Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP 150 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 24 A zone merge process failed during ISL initialization The following list explains the reason e Reason 09 Invalid data caused a
2. Message Zone set activation failed zone set too large Severity Informational Explanation This event occurs when the switch receives a zone set activation command that exceeds the size supported by the switch The switch rejects the command drops the switch to server Ethernet link and forces error recovery processing When the link recovers the command can be modified and retried Action Reduce the size of the zone set to conform to the limit specified then retry the activation command Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 140 Message Congestion detected on an ISL Severity Informational Explanation OpenTrunking firmware detected an ISL with Fibre Channel traffic that exceeded the configured congestion threshold Action No action is required for an isolated event If this event persists relieve the congestion by adding parallel ISLs increasing the ISL link speed or moving device connections to a less congested region of the fabric Event data Byte 0 Port number reporting congestion Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv 250 SAN32M
3. Event Code 505 Message Port module revision not supported Severity Minor Explanation The indicated UPM is not recognized and the four ports appear uninstalled to the director firmware Action Ensure the director model supports the operating firmware version If the firmware version is supported replace the UPM with a functional card Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty card to support personnel Event Data Byte 0 UPM slot position Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 and 9 detected module identifier Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event code 506 Message Fibre Channel port failure Severity Major Explanation A Fibre channel port failed The amber LED corresponding to the port illuminates to indicate the failure Ports with LEDs extinguished remain operational Action Perform a a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Perform a switch reset If the problem persists replace the switch Appendix A Event code tables 273 Event data Byte 0 port number Byte 1 engineering reason code Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 reason code specific Byte 16 connector type Bytes 17 and 18 t
4. Event code 310 Message Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational Explanation One cooling fan recovered or the associated power supply was replaced Action No action required Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan number Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 311 Message Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational Appendix A Event code tables 261 Explanation Two cooling fans recovered or the associated power supply was replaced Action No action required Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan number s Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 312 Message Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational Explanation Three cooling fans recovered or the associated power supply was replaced Action No action required Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan number s Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident
5. To perform an external loopback test using the EFCM Basic Edition interface use the following steps 1 Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the port to be tested 2 Insert a singlemode or multimode loopback plug into the port receptacle depending on the port technology 3 Select Diagnostics from the Maintenance menu Maintenace gt Ports gt Diagnostics in the EFCM Basic interface The Diagnostics view appears Figure 47 4 Type the port number to be tested in the Targeted Port Number field Chapter 4 Repair information 171 5 Select the External Loopback option in the Diagnostic Test list box 6 Click Start The test begins and a The Diagnostics view changes to a Diagnostics Executing view b The message Diagnostics Time Remaining xx appears where xx are the seconds remaining in the test The test takes approximately 30 seconds NOTE Click Stop at any time to abort the loopback test When the test completes the Diagnostics Executing view reverts to the Diagnostics view Test results appear as Passed Failed or Test Incomplete in the message area of the view 7 Remove the loopback plug and reconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the device to the port disconnected in step 1 8 Reset the tested port a Select Reset from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Ports gt Reset The Reset view appears b Select the check box next to the tested port in the Reset column c Click
6. Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 9 An E_Port segmented because two fabric elements had duplicate domain IDs a Determine the desired domain ID 1 through 31 inclusive for each product 142 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual b Inform the customer both products will be set offline Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets attached devices offline c Set both products offline Refer to Set online state EFCM Basic Edition or Set online state Element Manager d For the first product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Switch and Parameters from the Configure menu at any view The Parameters View displays Element Manager Select Switch Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the Configure menu at any view The Configure Switch Parameters dialog box displays e Type the customer determined preferred domain ID value then click OK or Activate f Repeat steps d and e at the second product attached to the segmented E_Port Use a different preferred domain ID value g Set both products online Refer to Set online state EFCM Basic Edition or Set online state Element Manager Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 10
7. cccscssessseteeseees 64 Hard Ware View wesc oiesiie elites he cacs Seel Bi ses Sheds aa oan eee 67 New Feature Key dialog DOX oo cee ceeeeeseeeeeeeesseesesssseesesesesesesesees 69 Configure FICON Management Server dialog DOX ccceeseeeseeseeeeeeeees 71 Configure FICON Management Server Zoning dialog box c0000 72 Configure Date and Time dialog DOX oc ccccccecsteteeseeceteseeeeceseseseananeneneees 73 Configure Identification dialog DOX c eesescesessssesescesesescsteteeseseeneneeseeeens 76 Configure Switch Parameters dialog DOX cccceeseseseeseseeeeteesesesneteeseees 77 Configure Fabric Parameters dialog DOX oo eects ee eeeseeeeeeteesenens 79 Configure Ports dialog POX sdsssyiassaniieniseii n ia a ae 81 X Configure SNMP dialog DOX s ssssssssssssssssssesississsissesnesiesresnesnesnseninsesnesneenees 83 New Threshold Alert dialog DOX ss ss sssssssssssssssissessestesrisnesnentensesnesnenrenness 85 Email Event Notification Setup dialog DOX ss ssssssssessssssssstssssesttsntsertesneees 87 InCD icon unformatted CD rieren veiii Eaa a ES ETE Ei Ei 92 Daisy Chained Ethernet Hubs ssssssssssssssessssisseessssresssnsessessesntsneesessesnenne 117 Clean fiber optic components s se ssssseetsseserttssseesttssserttsstesttsnteestenteestten te 157 Port Last View iris dessert meina e a ete es al as 166 Diagnostics VAC W ses ccsesscesedccs ass aeina dageoethovsavoes aai Re aeea Enee ERE 170 Sy Stem Biles Vi
8. e Attention notices These notices indicate potential damage to programs devices or data e Caution notices These statements indicate situations that can be potentially hazardous to you e Danger notices These statements indicate situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these situations A danger notice calls attention to a situation that is potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to people A lightning bolt symbol accompanies a danger notice to represent a dangerous electrical condition Read and comply with the following danger notices before installing or servicing this device About this book xvii AN DANGER To prevent a possible shock from touching two surfaces with different protective ground earth use one hand when possible to connect or disconnect signal cables D001 AN DANGER Overloading a branch circuit is potentially a fire hazard and a shock hazard under certain conditions To avoid these hazards ensure that your system electrical requirements do not exceed branch circuit protection requirements Refer to the information that is provided with your device or the power rating label for electrical specifications D002 AN DANGER If the receptacle has a metal shell do not touch the shell until you have completed the voltage and grounding checks Improper wiring or grounding could place dangerous voltag
9. 064 ESS response from indicated domain ID not received after No action required maximum tries 070 E_Port is segmented Go to MAP 0600 071 Switch is isolated Go to MAP 0600 072 E_Port connected to unsupported switch Go to MAP 0600 073 Fabric initialization error Go to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic or Collect maintenance data Element Manager 074 ILS frame delivery error threshold exceeded Go to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic or Collect maintenance data Element Manager 075 E Port segmentation recovery No action required 100 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Table 7 Event codes versus maintenance action Continued Event code Explanation Action 080 Unauthorized worldwide name Go to MAP 0500 081 Invalid attachment Go to MAP 0500 082 Port fenced Go to MAP 0600 083 Port set to inactive state Go to MAP 0500 120 Error detected while processing system management command Go to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic or Collect maintenance data Element Manager 121 Zone set activation failed zone set too large Reduce size of zone set and retry 140 Congestion detected on an ISL Go to MAP 0600 141 Congestion relieved on an ISL No action required 142 Low BB Credit detected on an ISL Go to MAP 0600 143 Low BB_Credit relieved on an ISL No action required 150 Fa
10. 244 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 081 continued Event Data continued Distribution B Unresponsive node The attached node did not respond resulting in a G_Port ELP timeout Check the status of the attached device and clean the link s fiber optic components cable and connectors If the problem persists contact support personnel to report the problem C ESA security mismatch Processing of the Exchange Security Attribute ESA frame detected a security feature mismatch The switch binding parameters for this switch and the attached fabric element must agree At the Switch Binding State Change dialog boxes ensure the parameters for both fabric elements are compatible or disable the fabric and switch binding features D Fabric binding mismatch Fabric binding is enabled and an attached fabric element has an incompatible fabric membership list At the Fabric Binding dialog box update the fabric membership list for both fabric elements to ensure compatibility or disable the fabric binding feature E Authorization failure reject The fabric element connected to the switch through an ISL detected a security violation As a result the switch received a generic reason code and set the port to an invalid attachment state Check the port status of the attached fabric element and clean the link s fiber optic components cable and connectors If the problem persists contact support
11. 251 Event code 143 Message Low BB_Credit relieved on an ISL Severity Informational Explanation OpenTrunking firmware detected an ISL with no transmission BB_Credit for a period of time that previously exceeded the configured low BB_Credit threshold The low credit condition is now relieved Action No action required Event data Byte 0 Port number reporting low BB_Credit relieved Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 150 Message Fabric merge failure Severity Informational Explanation During ISL initialization the fabric merge process failed The fabric binding membership lists do not match an incompatible zone set was detected there is a problem with exchanging zoning parameters or the zone set merge failed This event code is always preceded by a 070 ISL segmentation event code and represents the reply of an adjacent fabric element Refer to the event data for the failure reason Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Event data are mapped from the software implementation of the FC SW2 protocol and are typically complicated Decoding the event data requires engineering support Event data are as follows Bytes 0 3 Affected E_Port number s Bytes 4 7 Requ
12. NOTE Upon restart it may take up to five minutes for the management interface logical connection to activate This delay is normal 1 The following product management interface failed e EFCM Basic Edition browser PC Go to step 2 e SAN management or Element Manager application management server Go to step 5 2 A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or similar message appears at the browser PC indicating the PC cannot communicate with the product because e The product to PC Internet link could not be established Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 113 e AC power distribution for the product failed or AC power was disconnected e The product CTP card failed Continue to the next step 3 Ensure the product is connected to facility power Inspect the product for indications of being powered on such as e An illuminated PWR LED green or ERR LED amber e Illuminated LEDs adjacent to Fibre Channel ports e Noise and airflow from cooling fans Is the product powered on YES NO 1 A power distribution problem is indicated Go to MAP 0100 Power distribution analysis Exit MAP 4 A product to PC link problem Internet too busy or IP address typed incorrectly or an Ethernet port failure is indicated a Wait approximately five minutes then attempt to login to the product b At the Netsite field Netscape Navigator or Address field Internet Explore
13. Select this option default for managing heterogeneous fabrics and if the product is fabric attached to IBM directors or switches and other open fabric compliant switches NOTE With Open Fabric 1 0 enabled the default zone set is disabled 3 Click OK to save and activate changes 4 Set the product online Refer to Set online state for instructions Chapter 2 Installation tasks 33 Configure network information Follow the procedure in this section to configure the network information Ensure the LAN installation with the network administrator To change the product network information use the following steps 1 If only one product is installed on a dedicated LAN network information IP address subnet mask and gateway address does not require change If multiple products are installed or a public LAN segment is used network information must be changed to conform to the LAN addressing scheme Select Network from the Configure menu Configure gt Switch gt Network The Network view appears Figure 15 Configure gt Switch gt Network IPAddress fio 1 1 10 Subnet Mask ass 0 0 0 Gateway Address fo 0 0 0 Note After your changes to the Network contiguration have been Successfully activated im order to re establish your browser management connection you must update local ARP tables on your operating system and direct your web browser to the new IP Address displayed sbove Please
14. Start MAP 104 MAP 0100 Power distribution analysis 109 MAP 0200 POST failure analysis 111 MAP 0300 Loss of server communication 113 MAP 0400 FRU failure analysis 123 MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis 126 MAP 0600 Fabric or ISL problem analysis 138 summary 99 fenced E_Port description 146 fault isolation 138 fiber optic protective plug description 14 illustration 14 FICON management server configure PFE key EFCM Basic 42 Element Manager 68 filecenter download firmware 158 download software 158 firmware add version to management server library 204 determine version EFCM Basic Edition 176 SAN management application 203 download EFCM Basic Edition 176 SAN management application 205 download version from filecenter 158 FL_Port configure 35 80 description 1 Flexport Technology configure PFE key EFCM Basic 68 description 68 FRU seeCRU full volatility configure PFE key EFCM Basic 42 Element Manager 68 full volatility feature description 172 200 G gateway address change switch address 34 47 management server default 65 switch default 17 99 H hardware log 186 identification configure EFCM Basic 29 Element Manager 75 illustrated parts breakdown front accessible CRUs 226 power cords 229 rear accessible CRUs 227 IML switch 156 installation tasks summary 17 Task 1 Verify installation requirements 19 Task 10 Set management server date and time 59 Task 11 Configure the ca
15. 5800 as the Internet uniform resource locator URL Use the following format http xxx xxx xxx xxx 5800 Where xxx xxx xxx xxx is the default IP address of 10 1 1 1 or the IP address configured while performing Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses The VNC Authentication screen appears Type the default password and click OK The Welcome to Windows dialog box appears NOTE The default TightVNC viewer password is password Click the Send Ctrl Alt Del button at the top of the window to log on to the server desktop The Log On to Windows dialog box appears NOTE Do not simultaneously press the Ctrl Alt and Delete keys This action logs the user on to the browser capable PC not the server Chapter 2 Installation tasks 53 5 Type the default Windows user name and password and click OK The server s Windows desktop opens and the EFCM Log In dialog box appears NOTE The default Windows user name is Administrator and the default password is password Both are case sensitive Configure management server names To configure the management server name and workgroup name use the following steps 1 Open the System window on your Windows desktop Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt System The System Properties dialog box appears with the General tab open by default 2 Click the Network Identification tab The System Properties dialog box appears with the Network Identification ta
16. Chapter 2 Installation tasks 91 For the EFCM application critical configuration data is stored on the management server hard drive in the following directories e C Program Files EFCM 8 7 CallHome e C Program Files EFCM 8 7 Client e C Program Files EFCM 8 7 Server The server is configured to automatically mirror the contents of these directories to the CD RW drive anytime directory contents change or the server is rebooted The directories contain all SAN management configuration data log files firmware versions call home and other configuration data and are used to restore the server operating environment in case of hard drive failure The server does not back up Windows operating system data such as user names passwords date and time and network information This information was recorded while performing installation tasks and verified while performing Task 13 Record or verify server restore information To back up server configuration data and create a base restore CD 1 Insert a blank rewritable CD into the CD RW drive and format the CD a Locate the InCD icon 1 at the right side of the task bar on your Windows desktop Figure 43 The icon is indicated by a red down arrow Desktop Nise PADEN i24M1182 Figure 43 InCD icon unformatted CD b Right click the icon and select Format F The first window of the InCD wizard appears c Click Next to proceed to the second window of the InCD wizar
17. Event Open Trunking Re Route Link Incident Threshold Alert Security Audit Fabric Embedded Port Frame Click OK to activate the changes Perform port Diagnostics Fibre Channel port diagnostic information is obtained by Inspecting port properties predictive optics monitoring POM data or port transceiver technology information at the lower panel of the Port List view Inspecting statistical information at the Performance view Performing an internal or external loopback test Chapter 4 Repair information 165 Port List View The EFCM Basic Edition interface provides access to port diagnostic information through the Port List view To open the Port List view select Port List from the Product menu Product gt Port List As an example the figure shows POM data in the lower panel Figure 46 Product gt Port List iS Jump to Port Fa a gt SO Port Name Block Configuration Operational State Type Health Status Transceiver Unblocked No Light Unblocked No Light Unblocked i No Light Unblocked Not Installed Unblocked No Light Unblocked No Light Unblocked No Light Unblocked No Light Unblocked Not Installed z Unblocked Not Installed Lao Unblocked Not Installed wo 100 iu hio ho 1 100 ho Ee 10 Por Number Port Name Port Type Operating Speed Fiber Channel Address NA Pot WAN 2001080088E28184 Attached Por WWN Alias None i16M2007 Figure 46 Port Lis
18. Go to step 11 0E Authorization failure reject Go to step 8 OF Unauthorized switch binding WWN Go to step 10 10 Authentication failure Go to step 12 11 Fabric mode mismatch Go to step 5 4 A connection is not allowed because of a conflict with the configured port type An expansion port E_Port is cabled to a Fibre Channel device or a fabric port F_Port is cabled to a director or switch a For the product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Ports and Basic Info from the Configure menu at any view The Basic Information View displays Element Manager Select Ports from the Configure menu at any view The Configure Ports dialog box displays b If necessary use the vertical scroll bar to display the information row for the port indicating an invalid attachment c Select click the Type field and configure the port as follows e Select fabric port F_Port if the port is cabled to a device e Select expansion port E_Port if the port is cabled to a director or switch ISL d Click OK or Activate Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 129 130 Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 5 An ISL connection is not allowed because one of the following mode mismatch conditions was detected e The product is configured to operate in Open Fabric 1 0 mode and is connected to a fabric elemen
19. Information Development Department GZW 9000 South Rita Road Tucson Arizona 85744 001 U S A When you send information to IBM you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you xvi SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Safety and environmental notices ATTENTION The SAN32M 2 is designed to be installed by customers It has no customer serviceable parts however and must be serviced by qualified service representatives Safety notices and labels Danger notices When using this product observe the danger caution and attention notices contained in this guide The notices are accompanied by symbols that represent the severity of the safety condition The danger and caution notices are listed in numerical order based on their IDs which are displayed in parentheses for example D004 at the end of each notice Use this ID to locate the translations of these danger and caution notices in the IBM Safety Notices G229 9054 publication which is on the CD ROM that accompanies this product The following notices and statements are used in this document They are listed below in order of increasing severity of potential hazards Follow the links for more detailed descriptions and examples of the danger caution and attention notices in the sections that follow e Note These notices provide important tips guidance or advice
20. No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event Code 208 Message Power supply false shutdown Severity Major Explanation Director operational firmware nearly shut down the indicated power supply as a result of failure or facility power loss or voltage fluctuation Action Confirm operation of facility power If subsequent power loss events occur replace the failed power supply Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and failed power supply to support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 257 Fan events 300 through 399 Event code 300 Message Cooling fan propeller failed Severity Major Explanation One cooling fan failed or is rotating at insufficient angular velocity Action Contact IBm to replace the power supply containing the indicated fan module Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan number Distribution Product Management Server Host EF
21. Ooo m a Negotiate nii Negotiate Negotiate TITLE il Negotiate Negotiate Negotiate v aaja alaala a a i Negotiate Injajajajajajajalala ia Ua le Negotiate v Negotiate ull ajo Negotiate v i16M2011 Figure 50 Basic Information View 2 Use one of the following steps to block or unblock a port Select the check box for the port to be blocked in the Blocked column to block the port Repeat the step for other ports Clear the check box for the port to be unblocked in the Blocked column Repeat the step for other ports to be unblocked 3 Click OK to save and activate changes Chapter 4 Repair information 175 Upgrade firmware Follow the procedures in this section to upgrade firmware using the EFCM Basic Edition interface Firmware is the product operating code stored in FLASH memory on the CTP card Multiple firmware versions can be stored on a PC hard drive and made available for download through the EFCM Basic Edition interface e Determine the active firmware version e Download a firmware version Determine firmware version To determine a firmware version select Hardware from the Product menu Product gt Hardware The Hardware view appears At the bottom of the page record the firmware version listed in the Firmware Level field Download firmware version Ensure that the desired firmware version is
22. Type the user ID and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP Both are case sensitive c Type the IP address of the management server running the first instance of the SAN management application in the Network Address field d Click Login The application opens and the main window displays Was the maintenance action successful NO YES The management server connection is restored and the second management server is a client Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 120 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 21 The IP address defining the product to the SAN management application is incorrect or unknown and must be verified An asynchronous RS 232 modem cable and maintenance terminal desktop or notebook PC with a Windows based operating system and RS 232 serial communication software such as ProComm Plus or HyperTerminal are required To verify the IP address a Using a Phillips screwdriver remove the protective cap from the 9 pin maintenance port at the rear of the chassis Connect one end of the RS 232 modem cable to the port b Connect the other cable end to a 9 pin serial communication port COM1 or COM2 at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC c Power on the maintenance terminal At the Windows desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar The Windows Workstation menu displays d At the Windows Workstation menu sequentially select the Programs Accessories Communications
23. blink momentarily while the ports are tested The switch to browser PC or management server Ethernet link drops momentarily 156 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Clean fiber optic components Perform this procedure as directed by a service procedural step or when connecting or disconnecting fiber optic cables from port optical transceivers The following tools supplied by service personnel are required e ESD grounding cable and wrist strap e Fiber optic cleaning kit with Oil free compressed air or HFC 134a aerosol duster Alcohol soaked cleaning pads AN CAUTION Goggles are needed for the procedure C011 To clean fiber optic components use the following steps 1 Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the product chassis and your wrist 2 Disconnect the fiber optic cable from the optical transceiver as directed by a customer representative or service procedural step 3 Use an aerosol duster to blow any contaminants from the component part 1 of Figure 45 i12M1072 Figure 45 Clean fiber optic components Hold the duster upright and keep the air nozzle approximately 50 millimeters two inches from the end of the component Chapter 4 Repair information 157 Download firmware Blow compressed air or HFC 134a gas on exposed surfaces and the end face of the component for approximately five seconds Gently wipe the end face and other surfaces of the c
24. desktop or notebook PC with a Windows based operating system and RS 232 serial communication software such as ProComm Plus or HyperTerminal are required 1 Remove the protective cap from the 9 pin maintenance port at the rear of the chassis using a Phillips screwdriver Connect one end of the RS 232 modem cable to the port 2 Connect the other cable end to a 9 pin serial communication port COM1 or COM2 at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC 3 Power on the maintenance terminal At the Windows desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar The Windows Workstation menu appears NOTE The following steps describe changing network addresses using HyperTerminal serial communication software 4 Open the HyperTerminal window on your Windows Workstation Start gt Programs gt Accessories gt Communications gt HyperTerminal The Connection Description dialog box appears Figure 22 5 New Connection Enter a name and choose an icon for the connection Name S TITE Cancel i24M1158 Figure 22 Connection Description dialog box 48 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 10 Type a descriptive product name in the Name field and click OK The Connect To dialog box appears Ensure that the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2 depending on the port connection to the product and click OK The COMn Properties dialog box appears where n is 1 or 2 Configure Port Settings paramete
25. for indications of being powered on such as e An illuminated PWR LED green or ERR LED amber e Illuminated LEDs adjacent to Fibre Channel ports e Noise and airflow from cooling fans Is the product powered on YES NO A power distribution problem is indicated Go to step 4 2 Table 8 lists event codes explanations and MAP steps Table 8 MAP 100 event codes Event i code Explanation Action 200 Power supply AC voltage failure Go to step 3 201 Power supply DC voltage failure Go to step 3 3 As indicated by visual inspection or event code 200 or 201 one or both power supplies failed and must be removed and replaced Refer to Field replaceable unit Redundant power supply e The procedure is concurrent and performed while the product is operational Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 109 e If multiple fan failures caused a thermal shutdown connect the product to facility AC power after power supply s are replaced e Perform a data collection as part of removal and replacement Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager NOTE Do not remove a power supply unless a replacement part is available To avoid product overheating a removed power supply must be replaced within five minutes Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The product is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP
26. up to 256 Fibre Channel addresses to be assigned to a node N_Port The NPIV feature must be installed Refer to Install PFE keys optional for instructions To configure ports for NPIV connectivity use the following steps 1 Select NPIV from the Configure menu Configure gt Ports gt NPIV The NPIV view appears 2 Click Enable to activate NPIV operation for the product Type a desired value 1 256 in the Login column 4 Click OK to save and activate changes Follow the procedure in this section to configure names write authorizations addresses and user datagram protocol UDP port numbers for SNMP trap message recipients To configure recipient workstations use the following steps 1 Select SNMP from the Configure menu Configure gt SNMP The SNMP view appears Figure 17 Chapter 2 Installation tasks 37 a Click Enable to activate the installed SNMP agent Select the appropriate Fibre Alliance management information base FA MIB from the FA MIB Version drop down list Valid selections are FA MIB Version 3 0 or FA MIB Version 3 1 Configure gt SNMP SNMP Agent Enabled E FA MID Version MIB 3 1 Enable Authentication Traps Naxe Write Auth Trap Recipient UDP Port public 0 pC A LO D A _ j Q tl es ee LOO L Ooo P i OK Cc I A Figure 17 SNMP View C Select check the Enable Authentication Traps check box to
27. 0 59 e Second SS 0 59 Chapter 2 Installation tasks 73 d Click Activate to set the switch date and time and close the dialog box 4 Use the following procedure to set the product to periodically synchronize date and time with the SAN management application a Enable check the Periodic Date Time Synchronization check box b Do one of the following e Click OK to enable synchronization and close the dialog box Switch date and time synchronize with the SAN management application date and time at the next update period at least once daily or e Click Sync Now to synchronize the switch and SAN management application immediately e The Date and Time Synced information dialog box appears Click OK to synchronize the date and time and close the dialog box then click OK to enable synchronization Close the Configure Date and Time dialog box Task 18 Configure the Element Manager application To configure the Element Manager application selectively perform the following tasks according to customer requirements Product e Identification e Product parameters e Fabric parameters Ports e Basic information Buffer to buffer credits BB_Credits e N_Port identifier virtualization NPIV 74 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Management SNMP trap message recipients e Threshold alerts EFCM Basic Edition interface access e Telnet access e mail Ethernet event and cal
28. 2 Installation and Service Manual Fibre Channel frames may be lost or directed in loops because of potential fabric routing problems Advise the customer of the problem and reconfigure the fabric so that no directors or switches have more than the proscribed number of ISLs Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 7 Event code 070 indicates an E_Port detected an incompatibility with an attached fabric element segmented the port and prevented fabric participation A segmented E_port cannot transmit Class 2 or Class 3 Fibre Channel traffic Event code 071 indicates the product is isolated from all fabric elements and is accompanied by an event code 070 for each segmented E_Port Event code 071 is resolved when all 070 events are corrected Obtain supplementary event data as follows a At the Event Log examine the first five bytes of event data b Byte 0 specifies the segmented E_port Byte 4 specifies the segmentation reason as listed in Table 18 The reason also displays at the Port List View EFCM Basic Edition or Port Properties dialog box Element Manager Table 18 E_Port segmentation reasons and actions Byte 4 Segmentation reason Action 01 Incompatible operating parameters Go to step 8 02 Duplicate domain ID Go to step 9 03 Incompatible zoning configurations Go to step 10 04 Build fabric
29. 213 Windows user name 213 dimensions 7 door key description 13 illustration 14 download firmware from filecenter 158 software from filecenter 158 download firmware EFCM Basic Edition 176 SAN management application 205 E E_Port configure 35 80 description 1 OpenTrunking 46 91 performance features 46 91 port fencing 47 91 preferred path 46 91 segmented 141 e_port segmentation reasons for 194 EFCM Basic Edition configure product 27 embedded port frame log 163 event log 161 fabric log 163 link incident log 161 open trunking re route log 162 EFCM Basic edition disable at management server 86 enable at management server 86 Element Manager application configure 74 configure PFE key EFCM Basic 42 Element Manager 68 embedded port log 188 event log 185 hardware log 186 link incident log 186 open trunking log 187 port threshold alert log 186 switch fabric log 189 e mail support configure at management server 87 enable at management server 87 embedded port frame log EFCM Basic Edition 163 embedded port log 188 Index 297 enable call home support 89 command line interface 39 EFCM Basic edition 86 e mail notification 87 Enterprise Fabric Mode EFCM Basic 46 SAN management application 90 Ethernet events 88 host control EFCM Basic 39 Element Manager 70 port binding EFCM Basic 46 SSL encryption software 40 web 40 switch binding EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 90 Telnet access 86 Enterprise Fabric Mode configure
30. 4 Inspect and verify facility power is within specifications e One single phase connection for each power supply e Input power between 100 and 240 VAC at least 5 amps e Input frequency between 47 and 63 Hz Is facility power within specifications YES NO 4 Ask the customer to correct the facility power problem When corrected continue to the next step 5 One or both power supplies are disconnected from facility power improperly installed or failed Verify power supplies are connected to facility power a Ensure AC power cords are connected to the rear of the switch and facility power receptacles If not connect power cords as directed by the customer b Ensure facility circuit breakers are on If not ask the customer to set breakers on c Ensure AC power cords are not damaged If damaged replace the cords 110 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The product is operational Exit MAP 6 Verify power supply operation a Inspect each power supply to determine if the amber failure LED is illuminated b If an amber LED is illuminated ensure the indicated power supply is correctly installed and seated Partially remove and reseat the power supply Refer to Field replaceable unit Redundant power supply Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The product is operational Exit MAP A power supply failure is indicated Go to step 3 MAP 0200
31. 4 Repair information 211 212 Choose Destination Location Select folder where Setup will install files Setup will install EFCM 8 7b in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder Destination Folder C Program Files EFCM 8 7b Browse lt Back Cancel 6M2027 Figure 66 InstallShield Wizard dialog box 5 Follow the online instructions for the InstallShield Wizard Click Next and Finish as appropriate 6 Power off and reboot the server a Restart Windows The server powers down and restarts During the reboot process the LAN connection between the server and browser capable PC drops momentarily and the TightVNC viewer displays a network error b After the server reboots click Login again The VNC Authentication screen appears c Type the default password and click OK The Welcome to Windows dialog box appears NOTE The default TightVNC viewer password is password d Click the Send Ctrl Alt Del button at the top of the window to log on to the server desktop The Log On to Windows dialog box appears SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual NOTE Do not simultaneously press the Ctrl Alt and Delete keys This action logs the user on to the browser capable PC not the rack mount management server Type the default Windows user name and password and click OK The server s Windows desktop opens a
32. A caution notice can be accompanied by different symbols as in the examples below XX SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual If the symbol is It means A hazardous electrical condition with less severity than electrical danger A generally hazardous condition not represented by other safety symbols A specification of product weight that requires safe lifting practices The weight range of the product is listed below the graphic and the wording of the caution varies depending on the weight of the device A hazardous condition due to the use of a laser in the product Laser symbols are always accompanied by the classification of the laser as defined by the U S Department of Health and Human Services for example Class Class II and so forth gt PPP Class I Read and comply with the following caution notices before installing or servicing this device CAUTION This part or unit is heavy but has a weight smaller than 18 kg 39 7 1b Use care when lifting removing or installing this part or unit C008 CAUTION The doors and covers to the product are to be closed at all times except for service by trained service personnel All covers must be replaced and doors locked at the conclusion of the service operation C013 About this book xxi gt e e D Attention notices CAUTION The system contains circuit cards and or assemblies that contain lea
33. Alerts dialog box The security log displays security information The following information can be obtained from the security logs Trigger level The severity level of the event Informational Warning or Fatal User The user associated with the event Reason The reason code for the event Description The description of the security event Date and Time The date and time that the event occurred The format is yyyy mm dd hh mm ss tt The last two characters hundredth of seconds are needed due to possible higher frequency rate of some of the advanced logs Count The number of times that the same event occurred Category Displays the category that caused the log entry IP The IP address of the product Role The role of the user Interface The interface causing the security event The Open Trunking Log records ISL congestion events that cause Fibre Channel traffic to be routed through an alternate ISL Entries reflect the traffic re route status at the managed product Chapter 4 Repair information 187 The following information can be obtained from the Open Trunking logs e Date Time The date and time the re route occurred e Receive Port The target port number decimal used for receiving Fibre Channel traffic after the re route e Target Domain The domain ID decimal of the target device to which Fibre Channel traffic from the switch was rerouted e Old Exit Port The port number decimal used fo
34. An E_Port segmented because two products had incompatible zoning configurations An identical zone name is recognized in the active zone set for both products but the zones contain different members a Determine the desired zone name change for one of the affected products Zone names must conform to the following rules The name must be 64 characters or fewer in length The first character must be a letter a through z upper or lower case Other characters must be alphanumeric a through z or 0 through 9 dollar sign hyphen caret or underscore _ Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 143 b At the EFCM Basic Edition interface or SAN management application inspect names in the active zone set to determine the incompatible zone name then modify the name as directed by the customer EFCM Basic Edition Refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions SAN management application Refer to the SANavigator Software Release 4 2 User Manual 621 000013 or EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 620 000170 for instructions Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 11 An E_Port segmented because a build fabric protocol error was detected a Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the segmented E_Port b Reconnect the cable to the s
35. Click Next At the Port Diagnostics dialog box the message Loopback plug s must be installed on ports being diagnosed appears 7 Ensure that a loopback plug is installed and click Next The message Press START TEST to begin diagnostics appears and the Next button changes to a Start Test button 8 Click Start Test The test begins and a The Start Test button changes to a Stop Test button b The message Port xx TEST RUNNING appears c A red progress bar indicating percent completion travels from left to right across the Completion Status field When the test completes results appear as Port xx Passed or Port xx Failed in the message area of the dialog box 9 When finished click Cancel to close the Port Diagnostics dialog box 10 Remove the loopback plug and reconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the device to the port disconnected in step 1 11 Reset the port a At the Hardware view right click the port graphic A pop up menu appears b Select Reset Port A message box appears indicating a link reset will occur c Click OK The port resets 12 Notify the customer the test is complete and the device can be reconnected and set online Swap ports Follow the procedures in this section to swap the logical port address of the failed port to a known operational port Failure of port circuitry behind an optical transceiver may require swapping the logical port address of the failed port to a known
36. ESS response from the indicated domain ID was not received after the maximum attempts The event is reported only in McDATA interop mode Action None Event data Byte 0 domain ID of the director or switch not receiving an ESS response Byte 1 domain ID of the director or switch not responding Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv 238 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 070 Message E Port is segmented Severity Informational Explanation An E_Port recognized an incompatibility with the attached director or switch preventing fabric participation A segmented port does not transmit Class 2 or Class 3 traffic but transmits Class F traffic Refer to event data for segmentation reason Action Action depends on segmentation reason specified Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the E_Port number The fifth byte byte 4 specifies the segmentation reason as follows 1 Incompatible operating parameters Ether the resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV or error detect time out value E_D_TOV is inconsistent between the switch and another director or switch Modify the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV to make the values consistent 2 Duplicate domain ID The switch has the same preferred domain ID as another director or switch
37. Fibre Channel port diagnostic information is obtained by inspecting port LEDs at the product front panel or emulated port LEDs at the management interface EFCM Basic Edition interface or SAN management application LEDs adjacent to each port and software alert symbols indicate operational status as described in Table 21 Table 21 Port operational states Port Green Amber Alert su state LED LED symbol Description Online On or Off None An attached device is ready to communicate or is Blinking communicating with other devices Green LED illuminates Offline Off Off None Port is blocked and transmitting the offline sequence OLS to attached device Off Off Yellow Triangle Port is unblocked and receiving the OLS indicating attached device is offline Beaconing Off On or Blinking Yellow Triangle Port is beaconing Amber LED blinks once every two seconds Blinking to enable users to locate port Invalid On Off Yellow Triangle Port has an invalid attachment Reason appears as Attachment supplementary data in the Event Log Link Off Off Yellow Triangle Link incident occurred Reason appears in the Link Incident Incident Log Link Reset Off Off Yellow Triangle Product and attached device are performing a link reset to recover the connection Transient state that does not persist No Light Off Off None No signal light is received at product port Normal condition when no cable is attached to port or when attached d
38. Figure 41 84 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figure 41 Alert Name Alert Type Port Throughput Threshold Type Select One axe Threshold 1 Utilization Notification Interval 5 minutes Rule f the threshold is ever exceeded If the threshold is exceeded for Port List E ports F ports Selected ports Select Port New Threshold Alert dialog box cumulative minutes or more Address A v EE e u OK Cancel Help 3 NI 3 Type a name less than 64 alphanumeric characters in the Alert Name field 4 Select from the Threshold Type drop down list to configure the alert type Available selections are e Receive An alert occurs if the threshold value for receive throughput is reached or exceeded e Transmit An alert occurs if the threshold value for transmit throughput is reached or exceeded e Receive and Transmit An alert occurs if the threshold value for either throughput is reached or exceeded 5 Type a value from 1 100 in the utilization field When throughput reaches the specified percentage of port capacity a threshold alert occurs 6 Type the Notification Interval in minutes for the threshold This is the time during which throughput is measured and threshold notifications can occur The valid range is 5 70560 minutes Chapter 2 Installation tasks 85 10 11 Use one of the following options to set a rule for the threshold a Select If the threshold is ever exceede
39. Informational Explanation The CTP card detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or status of the indicated four port UPM Action No action required An event code 504 is generated if the UPM fails Event Data Byte 0 UPM slot position Byte 1 engineering reason code Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 and 9 high availability error callout 1 Bytes 10 and 11 high availability error callout 2 Byte 14 participating SBAR Bytes 16 and 17 high availability error callout 3 Bytes 18 and 19 high availability error callout 4 Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event Code 504 Message Port module failure Severity Major Explanation The indicated UPM failed Action Replace the indicated UPM with a functional UPM of the same type Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty card to support personnel Event Data Byte 0 UPM slot position Byte 1 engineering reason code Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 reason code specific data 272 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv
40. Link interface incident bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Link failure not operational primitive sequence NOS received Link failure primitive sequence timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for the current link state Did a listed message appear NO YES 4 A Fibre Channel link incident is indicated Go to MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis Exit MAP Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 107 108 9 If an incident occurs on the Fibre Channel link between the product and attached OSI server a link incident record is generated and sent to the server console using the reporting procedure defined in T11 99 017v0 Was a link incident record generated and sent to the OSI server NO YES 4 A Fibre Channel link incident is indicated Go to MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis Exit MAP Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP 10 Inspect the Event Log to obtain failure reason codes a For the product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Event from the Logs menu at any vi
41. OK The port resets 9 Notify the customer that the test is complete and the device can be reconnected and set online Collect maintenance data Perform this procedure after a firmware fault or FRU CRU failure to capture data for analysis by support personnel When firmware detects a critical error the product automatically copies the contents of dynamic random access memory DRAM to a dump area in FLASH memory on the CTP card Maintenance data includes the dump file and engineering logs NOTE An optional full volatility feature is often required at military sites that process classified data If the feature is enabled through a product feature enablement PFE key a memory dump file that may include classified Fibre Channel frames is not included as part of the data collection procedure 172 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figure 48 To collect maintenance data use the following steps 1 Select System Files from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt System Files The System Files view appears Figure 48 Maintenance gt System Files Dump File Retrieval The Dump files cannot be accessed at this time Data Collection Retrieval Data Collection zip i16M2009 System Files View 2 Right click the Data Collection link to open a list of menu options Select the Save Target As menu option The Save As dialog box appears 3 Insert a blank diskette in the floppy drive of the PC co
42. POST failure analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for a POST failure The failure indicator is event code 400 or 411 observed at the Event Log EFCM Basic Edition or Element Manager interface 1 Table 9 lists event codes explanations and MAP steps Table 9 MAP 200 Event Codes Event F code Explanation Action 400 Power up diagnostic failure Go to step 2 411 Firmware fault Go to step 4 Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 111 2 As indicated by event code 400 POST IPL diagnostics detected a CRU failure a At the Event Log examine the first two bytes of event data b Byte 0 specifies failed CRU Byte 1 specifies the slot number of the failed part 00 for nonredundant 00 or 01 for redundant as listed in Table 10 Table 10 MAP 200 Byte 0 CRU Codes Byte 0 Failed CRU Action 02 CTP card Replace the switch Exit MAP 05 Fan module Go to step 3 06 Power supply Go to step 3 3 A fan module or power supply failed POSTs and the power supply containing the fan if applicable must be removed and replaced Refer to Field replaceable unit Redundant power supply e The procedure is concurrent and performed while the product is operational e f multiple fan failures caused a thermal shutdown connect the product to facility AC power after power supply s are replaced e Perform a data collection as part of the removal and replacement Refer t
43. Protocol TCP IP entry in the Components checked are used by this connection field The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties dialog box appears Figure 24 The Use the following IP address radio button is enabled and the IP address and Subnet mask fields display network information configured while performing Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses Enter the gateway address obtained from the customer in the Default gateway field Select enable the Use the following DNS server addresses radio button At the Preferred DNS server field enter the DNS server IP address obtained from the customer then click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box Chapter 2 Installation tasks 55 General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address 10 4 1 1 Subnet mask Doo 0 0 Default gateway ss ee C i i Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server e Altermate DNS server E Cancel i24M1163 Figure 24 Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties dialog box 7 Close dialog boxes as appropriate and return to the The Network and Dial up Connections window 8 Record the changed gateway and DNS server addresses for reference if the server hard drive fails and must be
44. Save Data Collection dialog box appears Figure 59 Save ln 3 Compact Disc D Gi fit Gi o a File Name Files of Type Zp MA o S Save Cancel S Figure 59 Save Data Collection dialog box 2 Remove the backup CD from the management server s compact disk rewritable CD RW drive and insert a blank rewritable CD 200 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Set online state Select the compact disc drive D from the Look in drop down menu at the Save Data Collection dialog box Type a descriptive name for the collected maintenance data in the File name field then click Save The Data Collection dialog box appears with a progress bar that shows percent completion of the data collection process When the process reaches 100 the Cancel button changes to a Close Button Click Close to close the dialog box Remove the CD with the newly collected maintenance data from the management server s CD RW drive Return the CD with the failed CRU to support personnel for failure analysis Replace the original backup CD in the management server s CD RW drive to ensure that the backup application operates normally This section describes procedures to set the product online or offline These operating states are described as Online When the product is set online an attached device can log in if the port is not blocked Attached devices in the same zone can communicate with each other Offline When the p
45. Technology A Flexport Technology product is delivered at a discount with all Fibre Channel ports disabled When additional port capacity is required the remaining ports are incrementally enabled through this feature e Full volatility This feature ensures no Fibre Channel frames are stored after the product is powered off or fails and a memory dump file that possibly includes classified data frames is not included as part of the data collection procedure e N_Port ID virtualization This feature allows up to 256 Fibre Channel addresses to be assigned to an N_Port 42 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual SANtegrity binding This feature enhances security in SANs with a large and mixed group of fabrics and attached devices SANtegrity authentication This feature enhances security of the product by controlling the ability of users devices and processes to attach to the product OpenTrunking This feature provides dynamic load balancing of Fibre Channel traffic across multiple ISLs To install the optional features using EFCM Basic use the following steps 1 Select Optional Features from the Configure menu Configure gt Optional Features or Security menu Security gt Optional Features The Maintenance Feature Installation view appears Figure 21 The installed features are denoted by a green check mark installed and features that have not been installed or uninstalled are denoted by a red cross mark Flexp
46. Type a description less than 255 alphanumeric characters in the Description field Type the physical location less than 255 alphanumeric characters in the Location field Type the name of a contact person less than 255 alphanumeric characters in the Contact field 3 Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box Configure product parameters 76 Follow the procedures in this section to configure the domain parameters of the product using the Element Manager SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual To configure the domain parameters for the product use the following steps 1 Set the product offline Refer to Set online state for instructions 2 Select Operating Parameters from the Configure menu Configure gt Operating Parameters 3 Click the Domain tab Figure 37 Fabric Domain Identification SNMP Date Time Interfaces Domain ID Range Domain Offset 96 default v Note Offset 96 60 hex is the default setting for switches that do not support configuration of th domain offset Preferred Domain ID 3 v insistent 105 9 Rerouting delay Enabled Domain RSCNs Enabled Zoning RSCNs Suppress on zone activation changes Isolate on zone activation changes Node Port Virtualization Enabled OK Cancel H Figure 37 Configure Switch Parameters dialog box a Select the Domain ID Offset value from the drop down list Values available in the drop down list are 0 32 64 96 default 128
47. View Chapter 5 Removal and replacement procedures 219 a Ensure alert symbols do not appear yellow triangle or red diamond b Double click the port graphic to open the Port Properties dialog box Verify port information is correct c Right click the port graphic and select Port Technology from the menu The Port Technology dialog box displays Verify the port technology is correct If a problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem 9 Restore communication to the port as directed by the customer Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port SAN management application for instructions Inform the customer the port is available 10 Clear the system error LED on the product front bezel Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface select Clear System Error Light from the Maintenance menu At the management server Element Manager application open the Hardware View Right click the front panel bezel graphic away from a FRU CRU then click the Clear System Error Light menu selection 11 If necessary close and lock the equipment cabinet door Field replaceable unit Redundant power supply NOTE These instructions are for service personnel only The redundant power supply should be replaced by service personnel only Refer to Chapter 6 Illustrated parts breakdown for part locations and part numbers Removal To
48. You can select OpenTrunking from the Configure menu Configure gt Performance gt Open Trunking Use the Open Trunking view to optimize ISL bandwidth The feature monitors data rates congestion and BB_Credit starvation through multiple ISLs and load balances traffic from congested to uncongested links accordingly e Preferred path You can select Preferred Path from the Configure menu Configure gt Performance gt Preferred Path Use the Preferred Path view to specify and configure one or more ISL data paths between multiple fabric elements At each fabric element a preferred path consists of a source port exit port and destination Domain_ID 46 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Port fencing You can select Port Fencing from the Configure menu Configure gt Port Fencing Use the Port Fencing view to minimize ISLs that bounce repeatedly attempt to establish a connection causing disruptive fabric rebuilds Fencing defines a bounce threshold that when reached automatically blocks the disruptive E_Port To configure optional features refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions If no additional options or features are to be configured skip to Task 20 Cable Fibre Channel ports Task 5 Configure product network information optional The product is delivered with default network addresses as follows MAC address The media access control MAC address is programmed into FLASH memory o
49. a Index A access control list configure Element Manager 90 description 90 authentication access control list 90 configure EFCM Basic 45 Element Manager 89 SAN management application 89 RADIUS server support 90 settings 90 authentication settings configure Element Manager 90 description 90 back up SAN management application configuration data 91 switch configuration file EFCM Basic Edition 178 SAN management application 206 BB_Credit configure EFCM Basic 36 Element Manager 81 description 36 81 binding fabric configure through EFCM Basic 46 configure through SAN management application 90 enable through EFCM Basic 46 enable through SAN management appli cation 90 Enterprise Fabric Mode 46 90 port configure through EFCM Basic 46 enable through EFCM Basic 46 switch configure through EFCM Basic 46 configure through Element Manager 90 enable through EFCM Basic 46 Copyright IBM Corp 2006 enable through Element Manager 90 block port EFCM Basic Edition 175 SAN management application 202 C call home support configure at management server 61 89 enable at management server 89 chassis ground connector description 6 location 3 clean fiber optic components 157 clearances 7 command line interface disable 39 enable 39 configuration file back up EFCM Basic Edition 178 SAN management application 206 restore EFCM Basic Edition 179 SAN management application 207 configure access control list Element
50. a firmware version to the product Determine firmware version To determine a switch firmware version use the following steps 1 Select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Firmware Library The Firmware Library dialog box appears Figure 61 Chapter 4 Repair information 203 204 Figure 61 Version Description j 08 00 00 Final Build Laa Modify Delete Send Close Help y N I N Active Firmware Version 08 00 00 2 Firmware Library dialog box 2 3 The active firmware version appears at the lower left corner of the dialog box in XX YY ZZ format where XX is the version level YY is the release level and ZZ is the patch level Click Close to close the dialog box Add firmware version to management server library Ensure that the desired firmware version is obtained from the Filecenter and resident on the management server hard drive Refer to Download firmware for instructions NOTE When upgrading firmware follow all procedural information contained in release notes or EC instructions that accompany the version Such information supplements information provided in this general procedure To add a firmware version to the management server library using Element Manager use the following steps 1 Select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Firmware Library The Firmware Library dialog box appears Figure 61 Click New The New Firmwar
51. and HyperTerminal options The Connection Description dialog box displays e Type a descriptive product name in the Name field and click OK The Connect To dialog box displays f Ensure the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2 depending on the port connection to the product and click OK The COMn Properties dialog box displays where nis 1 or 2 g Configure Port Settings parameters Bits per second 115200 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control Hardware or None Click OK The New Connection HyperTerminal window displays h At the gt prompt type the user password default is password and press Enter The password is case sensitive The New Connection HyperTerminal window displays with software and hardware version information for the product and a C gt prompt at the bottom of the window Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 121 i Atthe C gt prompt type the ipconfig command and press Enter The New Connection HyperTerminal window displays with configuration information listed j Record the product IP address k Select Exit from the File pull down menu A HyperTerminal message box appears Click Yes A second message box appears Click No to exit and close the application m Power off the maintenance terminal and disconnect the modem cable Replace the protective cap over the maintenance port Continue to the next step 22 Define the
52. and the Reason field displays N A or is blank If an ISL segmentation or other problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem If no problems are indicated installation tasks are complete Right click the product icon in the EFCM physical map select Element Manager from the pop up menu Click the Hardware tab The Hardware view Figure 31 appears Double click the graphical port connector used for the fabric ISL connected in step 5 The Port Properties dialog box appears Ensure that the Link Incident field displays None the Operational State field displays Online and the Reason field displays N A or is blank If an ISL segmentation or other problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem If no problems are indicated installation tasks are complete Chapter 2 Installation tasks 97 98 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures Factory defaults Quick start Copyright IBM Corp 2006 This chapter describes maintenance analysis procedures MAPs used by service representatives to fault isolate switch problems or failures MAPs consist of step by step procedures that provide information to interpret system events isolate a failure to a single part remove and replace the failed part and verify product operation Table 5 lists factory defaults for product passwords customer and maintenance level and the product s Interne
53. and transmitted e Link utilization in percentage Number of traffic flows rerouted to or from an ISL due to congestion SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Port Properties To open the Port Properties dialog box Figure 55 double click a port dialog box graphic at the Hardware view or a port row at the Port List view The dialog box provides the following information Table 28 Port Properties Table Fibre Channel Address The logical port address hexadecimal format Not applicable for E_Ports ponm reroncene o when N_Port ID virtualization NPIV enabled Beaconing User specified for the port On or Off When beaconing is enabled a yellow triangle appears adjacent to the status field Link Incident If no link incidents are recorded None appears in the status field If a link incident is recorded a summary appears describing the incident and a yellow triangle appears adjacent to the status field Chapter 4 Repair information 193 Table 28 Port Properties Table Operational State The state of the port Online Offline Beaconing Invalid Attachment Link Incident Link Reset No Light Not Operational Port Failure Segmented E_Port or Testing A yellow triangle appears adjacent to the status field if the port is in a non standard state that requires attention A red and yellow diamond appears adjacent to the status field if the port fails Reason A summary appears describing the reason if the port sta
54. c Clean fiber optic connectors Refer to Clean fiber optic components d Unblock the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port Element Manager e Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The product port is operational Exit MAP 9 Inspect and service host bus adapters HBAs Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 10 A connection is not allowed because of a switch binding or exchange security attribute ESA feature mismatch Switch binding parameters must be compatible for both fabric elements At the EFCM Basic Edition interface or Element Manager ensure switch binding is enabled the connection policy is compatible and switch membership lists are compatible for both elements e EFCM Basic Edition Refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions e Element Manager Refer to the Element Manager User Manual 620 000242 for instructions Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 11 A connection is not allowed because of a fabric binding mismatch Fabric membership lists must be compatible for both elements At the 132 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual EFCM Basic Edition interface
55. description 46 91 procedural notes 153 procedures EFCM Basic Edition block or unblock port 175 data collection 172 manage configuration data 178 obtain log information 160 set online state 174 upgrade firmware 176 Element Manager application perform port diagnostics 190 installation 17 power off 155 power on 153 repair 153 SAN management application block or unblock port 202 data collection 200 manage configuration data 206 obtain fabric log information 181 obtain switch log information 184 set online state 201 upgrade firmware 203 product status log 183 publications related xiii PWR LED description 6 location 3 R rack mount installation Ethernet hub 22 switch 25 RADIUS server configure Element Manager 90 description 90 related publications xiii remove and replace procedures CRU list 216 220 ESD precautions 215 procedural notes 215 repair procedures clean fiber optic components 157 EFCM Basic Edition block or unblock port 175 collect maintenance data 172 manage configuration data 178 obtain log information 160 set online state 174 upgrade firmware 176 Element Manager application perform port diagnostics 190 IML or reset switch 155 install or upgrade software 210 overview 153 port LED diagnostics 159 power off procedure 155 power on procedure 153 SAN management application block or unblock port 202 collect maintenance data 200 manage configuration data 206 obtain fabric log information 181 obtain switch
56. dialog box appears indicating the backup was initiated 3 Click OK to complete the backup and close the dialog box Notify the customer that the switch will be set offline Ensure that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel traffic through the switch and sets attached FC AL devices offline To restore the configuration file from the Element Manager use the following steps 1 Set the switch offline For instructions refer to Set online state 2 Select Backup amp Restore Configuration from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Backup amp Restore Configuration The Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box appears Figure 62 3 Click Restore A Warning dialog box appears indicating the existing configuration file is to be overwritten 4 Click Yes A Restore dialog box appears indicating the restore is in progress The Restore dialog box displays a Restore complete message 5 Click Close to close the dialog box When configuration data is reset to factory default values the switch defaults to the factory set Internet Protocol IP address and all optional features are disabled Notify the customer that the switch will be set offline Ensure that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached FC AL devices offline Chapter 4 Repair information 207 208 To reset configuration data to the factory defaults using the Element Manager use the following st
57. enabled When the feature is enabled and an incident occurs on the port link an alert indicator yellow triangle is displayed at the Hardware view and a message is sent to configured e mail recipients Chapter 2 Installation tasks Configure SNMP Enable check the check box in the FAN column to enable the fabric address notification feature default is enabled When the feature is enabled an FL_Port transmits FAN frames after loop initialization to ensure that FC AL devices are still logged in Select the port type E F or G in the Type column to configure the port as E_Port F_Port or G_Port Select from the drop down list in the Speed column to configure the port transmission rate Available selections are auto negotiate between speeds Negotiate 1 0625 Gbps operation 1 Gb sec 2 1250 Gbps operation 2 Gb sec and 4 2500 Gbps operation 4 Gb sec Type a desired value 1 256 in the NPIV Login Limit column The NPIV feature must be installed to allow multiple Fibre Channel addresses to be assigned to an N_Port Install PFE keys optional Enable check Port Binding if you want the port to connect only to a device with a WWN listed in the Bound WWN column Type the WWN or nickname of the device attached to the port in the Bound WWN column e If port binding is enabled and a WWN or nickname is displayed in the Bound WWN column only the specified device can connect e If port binding is ena
58. enne 2002 96 EC en mati re de D chets des Equipements Electriques et Electroniques DEEE qui d termine les dispositions de retour et de recyclage applicables aux syst mes utilis s travers l Union europ enne Conform ment la directive ladite tiquette pr cise que le produit sur lequel elle est appos e ne doit pas tre jet mais tre r cup r en fin de vie In accordance with the European WEEE Directive electrical and electronic equipment EEE is to be collected separately and to be SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Battery return program Cable warning A reused recycled or recovered at end of life Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the WEEE Directive as shown above must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and recovery of WEEE Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances in EFE For proper collection and treatment contact your local IBM representative This product may contain sealed lead acid nickel cadmium nickel metal hydride lithium or lithium ion battery Consult your user manual or service manual for specific battery information The battery must be recycled or disposed of properly Recycling facilities may not be available in your area For informat
59. event is recorded after a user specified time interval when the switch to management server communication link drops To configure and enable Ethernet events using the SAN management application EFCM use the following steps 1 Select Ethernet Event from the Monitor menu in the EFCM main window The Configure Ethernet Events dialog box appears Enable check the Enable Ethernet Events check box Type a value between 10 120 minutes in the Ethernet Timeout field Click OK to close the dialog box 88 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Configure enable and test call home event notification Configure security Telephone numbers and other information for the call home feature are configured through the Windows dial up networking application Refer to Task 10 Configure the call home feature optional for configuration instructions To configure enable and test call home event notification using the SAN management application EFCM use the following steps NOTE The call home feature may not be available if the EFCM Lite application is installed on a customer supplied platform 1 Select Call Home from the Monitor menu Monitor gt Event Notification gt Call Home in the EFCM main window The Call Home Event Notification Setup dialog box appears 2 Enable check the Enable Call Home Event Notification check box NOTE The enable function must be activated for each product through the Element Man
60. firmware The process takes several minutes to complete during which the browser is unavailable When the process completes the message Firmware successfully received and verified Your browser connection will be unavailable until unit restart is complete appears After verification the switch performs an initial program load IPL that takes approximately 30 seconds to complete During the IPL the browser to switch Internet connection drops momentarily and the EFCM Basic Edition session is lost After the switch IPL and EFCM Basic Edition session logout the message Firmware upgrade complete Click here to login appears 5 Click here to login to the switch and start a new EFCM Basic Edition session The Enter Network Password dialog box appears 6 Type the default user name and password Chapter 4 Repair information 177 NOTE The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password Both are case sensitive 7 Click OK The EFCM Basic Edition interface opens with the Hardware view panel displayed Manage configuration data The EFCM Basic Edition interface provides options to e Back up and restore the configuration file stored in nonvolatile random access memory NV RAM on the switch CTP card e Reset the configuration file to factory default values ATTENTION The switch must be set offline prior to restoring or resetting the configuration file Back up To back up the switch confi
61. is displayed Login and start a new EFCM Basic Edition session The Enter Network Password dialog box appears This section describes optional product security features configured through Security menu selections The enhanced SANtegrity PFE key must be installed Refer to Install PFE keys optional for instructions Select Security and choose from one of the following options in the drop down menu Authentication settings Use the Authentication Settings view Security gt Authentication Settings to configure the optional SANtegrity authentication features including User settings Use this page to configure the password protected administrator and operator access to the EFCM Basic Edition and command line interfaces Software settings Use this page to configure challenge handshake authentication protocol CHAP controlled management interface access out of band and inband to the product Device settings Use this page to configure a CHAP secret authentication sequence for nodes devices attached to the product through E_Ports or N_ports Port settings Use this page to override product level authentication settings and enable or disable device communication on a per port basis IP access control list Use the IP Access Control List view Security gt IP Access Control List settings to configure a list of device IP addresses or a range of device IP addresses that are authorized to communicate with the
62. log information 184 set online state 201 upgrade firmware 203 swap ports 198 rerouting delay 78 reset configuration data EFCM Basic Edition 180 SAN management application 207 switch 156 RESET button function 5 location 3 restore switch configuration file EFCM Basic Edition 179 SAN management application 207 S safety ESD precautions 215 SAN management application default password 62 94 user name 62 94 default password 213 default user name 213 event log 182 fabric log 182 product status log 183 SAN32M 2 CRU removal and replacement 215 CRUs 2 description 1 illustrated parts breakdown 225 installation 24 maintenance approach 8 management 9 repair procedures 153 specifications 7 SANtegrity authentication access control list 90 configure EFCM Basic 45 Element Manager 89 RADIUS server support 90 settings 90 SANtegrity binding configure Index 303 EFCM Basic 45 Element Manager 89 SAN management application 89 Enterprise Fabric Mode configure through EFCM basic 46 configure through SAN management application 90 fabric binding configure through EFCM basic 46 configure through SAN management application 90 port binding configure through EFCM basic 46 switch binding configure through EFCM basic 46 configure through Element Manager 90 security features configure EFCM Basic 45 Element Manager 89 SAN management application 89 Enterprise Fabric Mode 45 89 SANtegrity authentication 45 89 SANtegrity binding
63. maintenance data Element Manager NOTE Do not remove a power supply unless a replacement part is available To avoid product overheating a removed power supply must be replaced within five minutes Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The product is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 3 As indicated by event code 370 cooling fan status polling is temporarily disabled and status values for one or more fans exceed a set threshold This indicates possible fan degradation or failure Is this event code a recurring problem NO YES 4 A fan failure is indicated Go to step 2 Monitor fan operation or recording of additional failure event codes Exit MAP 4 As indicated by event code 426 an intermittent synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM problem may result in switch failure Is this event code a recurring problem NO YES 1 A CTP card failure is indicated Replace the switch Exit MAP Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 125 5 As indicated by event code 433 or 440 the CTP card failed Replace the switch Exit MAP 6 As indicated by event code 810 811 812 or 850 an intermittent thermal problem may result in switch failure Reset the product Refer to IML or reset s
64. management interface and managed product The following information can be obtained from the event logs Date Time The date and time the event occurred Event The three digit code that describes the event Event codes are listed and described in Appendix A Event code tables Description A brief description of the event Severity The severity of the event Informational Minor Major or Severe FRU Position An acronym representing the FRU type followed by a number representing the FRU chassis position Event Data Supplementary information if available in hexadecimal format Event data is described in Appendix A Event code tables Chapter 4 Repair information 185 Hardware Log The Hardware Log records a history of part removals and replacements insertions for the switch The following information can be obtained from the hardware logs e Date Time The date and time the FRU was inserted or removed e FRU An acronym representing the FRU type e Position A number representing the FRU chassis position The chassis slot position for a nonredundant CTP card is 0 Chassis slots for redundant power supplies are 0 and 1 e Action The action performed Inserted or Removed e Part Number The part number of the inserted or removed FRU e Serial Number The serial number of the inserted or removed FRU Link Incident Log The following information can be obtained from the Link Incident logs Da
65. management server information Required if management server is used 53 Task 8 Configure Windows operating system users Required if management server is used 56 Task 9 Set management server date and time Required if management server is used 59 Task 10 Configure the call home feature optional Configure if specified by customer and telephone 61 connection is provided Task 11 Assign user names and passwords Required if management server is used 62 Task 12 Configure the product to the management Required if management server is used 64 application Task 13 Record or verify server restore information Required if management server is used 65 Task 14 Verify product to server communication Required if management server is used 66 Task 15 Configure PFE key optional Configure if product feature enablement PFE key is 68 ordered Task 16 Configure management server optional Configure for open systems host control of switch 70 Task 17 Set product date and time Required if management server is used 72 Task 18 Configure the Element Manager application Required if management server is used 74 Task 19 Back up configuration data Required if management server is used 91 Task 20 Cable Fibre Channel ports Required 94 Task 21 Configure zoning optional Perform task to configure zoning 95 Task 22 Connect product to a fabric element eptional Perform task to connect switch to a Fibre channel fabric 96 18 SAN32M 2 Install
66. meters Receptacle NEMA 6 15R Note The power cord shipped is specifically intended for use with the associated product and cannot be used with any other electrical products 1030 15 Reference only Power cord AC Japan JIS 8303 straight 125 volts 12 amps 2 5 meters Receptacle NEMA 5 15R Note The power cord shipped is specifically intended for use with the associated product and cannot be used with any other electrical products None Chapter 6 Illustrated parts breakdown 231 232 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Appendix A Event code tables Copyright IBM Corp 2006 An event is a state change problem detection or problem correction that requires attention or should be reported to service personnel An event usually indicates an operational state transition but may also indicate an impending state change threshold violation or provide information only Events are reported as event codes This appendix lists three digit event codes The codes are listed in numerical order and tabular format as follows e 000 through 199 system events e 200 through 299 power supply events e 300 through 399 fan events e 400 through 499 control processor CTP card events e 500 through 599 port events e 800 through 899 thermal sensor events Events are recorded in the Event Log at the Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager EFCM Basic Edition interface or rack mount ma
67. numbers where problems were detected Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Appendix A Event code tables 241 Event code 074 Message ILS frame delivery error threshold exceeded Severity Informational Explanation Fabric controller frame delivery errors exceeded an E_Port threshold and caused fabric initialization problems 073 event code Most problems are caused by control frame delivery errors as indicated by this code Event data is intended for engineering evaluation Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Byte 0 E_Port number reporting the problem Bytes 4 8 Count of frame delivery timeouts Bytes 9 11 Count of frame delivery aborts Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 075 Message E_Port segmentation recovery Severity Informational Explanation A segmented E_Port event code 070 recovered This event is not generated if the port is manually recovered by blocking and unblocking setting offline and online or disconnecting the fiber optic cable Action None Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 spec
68. obtained from the Filecenter and resident on the hard drive of the PC communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface Refer to Download firmware for instructions NOTE When upgrading firmware follow all procedural information contained in release notes or engineering change EC instructions that accompany the version Such information supplements information provided in this general procedure To download a firmware version using EFCM Basic Edition use the following steps 1 Select Firmware Upgrade from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Firmware Upgrade The Firmware Upgrade view appears Figure 51 176 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Maintenance gt Firmware Upgrade Download Firmware file from C E0Sv08 00 00 bin Browse Send Load Firmware Firmware will automatically load upon completion of file transter Note Some online firmware upgrades may result in a temporary disruption to switch functions Please refer to the software release notes to confirm whether upgrading from release 08 00 00 to a new release can be performed non disruptively i16M2012 Figure 51 Firmware Upgrade View 2 Select the desired file from the PC hard drive using the Browse button in the Download Firmware file from field or type the desired filename 3 Click Send and Load Firmware A message box appears indicating any browser operation will terminate the firmware download 4 Click OK to download
69. operational port This ensures the port address matches information in the hardware configuration definition HCD of an attached host 198 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figure 58 Notify the customer that a port swap will be performed Ensure that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the ports varies any attached host offline and sets any attached device offline NOTE This procedure swaps hexadecimal logical port addresses not decimal port numbers To swap the logical port address of the failed port to a known operational port using the Element Manager use the following steps 1 Select Swap Ports from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Port Swapping The Swap Ports dialog box appears Figure 58 2 Select the radio button associated with the product management style and enter the decimal port numbers open systems style or hexadecimal port addresses FICON style of the ports to be swapped The FC Address fields update dynamically 3 Click Next The Instructions section of the dialog box indicates the ports will be blocked First Second Port Number decimal 7 10 Port Address hex FC Address _07_ 0A Instructions This process will swap the port settings and traffic between any two Fibre Channel addresses on the switch Enter the port number or address middie byte of fibre channel address to be swapped Press next to start the process Next Cancel H
70. or SAN management application ensure fabric binding is enabled and fabric membership lists are compatible for both elements e EFCM Basic Edition Refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions e SAN management application Refer to the SANavigator Software Release 4 2 User Manual 621 000013 or EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 620 000170 for instructions Was the maintenance action successful NO YES t The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 12 A connection is not allowed because of a SANtegrity authentication failure At the EFCM Basic Edition interface or Element Manager modify the IP address access control list product level authentication settings port level authentication settings and challenge handshake authentication protocol CHAP sequence to ensure device access to the product e EFCM Basic Edition Refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions Element Manager Refer to the Element Manager User Manual 620 000242 for instructions Was the maintenance action successful NO YES The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 133 13 As indicated by event code 083 a port is set to an inactive state a At the Event Log examine the first two bytes of event data b Byte 0 specifies the port report
71. personnel to report the problem F Unauthorized switch binding WWN Switch binding is enabled and an attached device or fabric element has an incompatible switch membership list At the Switch Binding Membership List dialog box update the switch membership list for the switch and the attached device or fabric element to ensure compatibility or disable the switch binding feature 10 Authentication failure An ISL challenge handshake authentication protocol CHAP check failed Update the authentication list or disable the authentication feature 11 Fabric mode mismatch Based on the ELP revision level a connection was not allowed because an IBM switch in legacy mode is attached to an IBM switch in Open Fabric mode or an IBM switch in Open Fabric mode is attached to an OEM switch at an incorrect ELP revision level Update the fabric mode for one switch using the Interop Mode drop down list at the Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box 12 CNT WAN extension mode mismatch Based on switch to switch differences between the ELP maximum frame sizes allowed a connection was not allowed to a switch set to Computer Network Technologies CNT wide area network WAN extension mode Contact support personnel to obtain software maintenance release 4 02 00 This release is required to correct the problem and allow switches to communicate with CNT UltraEdge WAN Gateways Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Even
72. port to be blocked or unblocked and right click the mouse to open a list of menu options 3 Perform one of the following To block a port Select the Block Port menu option A Warning dialog box appears Click OK The dialog box closes and the following occur to indicate the port is blocked and offline e At the product the green port LED extinguishes e At the Hardware view the emulated green port LED extinguishes e A check mark appears adjacent to the Block Port menu option 202 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Upgrade firmware To unblock a port Select the Block Port menu option Note the check mark in the box adjacent to the menu item indicating the port is blocked A Warning dialog box appears Click OK The dialog box closes and the following occur to indicate the port is unblocked and online e At the product the green port LED illuminates e At the Hardware view the emulated green port LED illuminates e The box adjacent to the Block Port menu option becomes blank Firmware is the product operating code stored in FLASH memory on the CTP card Up to 32 firmware versions can be stored on the management server hard drive and made available for download through the Element Manager application To upgrade the firmware using Element Manager use the following steps e Determine the active firmware version for the product e Add a firmware version to the management server library e Download
73. product IP address determined in step 21 to the management server a At the SAN management application select Setup from the Discover menu The Discover Setup dialog box displays b Ensure the product to be reconfigured is moved from the Selected Individual Addresses list to the Available Addresses list Select highlight the product and click Edit The Address Properties dialog box displays with the P Address page open c Type the correct product IP address in the P Address field d Move the reconfigured product from the Available Addresses list to the Selected Individual Addresses list e Click OK to save the address close the dialog box and redefine the product to the SAN management application f Click OK to close the Discover Setup dialog box Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The management server connection is restored Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 23 An incorrect product type is defined to the management server a At the SAN management application select Setup from the Discover menu The Discover Setup dialog box displays 122 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Ensure the incorrect product to be deleted is moved from the Selected Individual Addresses list to the Available Addresses list Select highlight the product and click Delete The product is deleted Click Add The Address Properties dialog box displays with the IP Address page open T
74. recorded when power is disconnected e 206 Power supply removed e 300 Cooling fan propeller failed Replacement To replace a redundant power supply 1 Remove the replacement power supply from its packaging 2 Inspect the rear of the power supply for bent or broken connector pins damaged during shipping If any pins are damaged obtain a new power supply 3 Position the power supply in the rear of the switch as shown in part 2 of Figure 68 Ensure the finger handles are disengaged and rotated 90 degrees outward a While supporting the power supply with one hand insert it into the switch chassis b Firmly push the power supply into the chassis Rotate the finger handles 90 degrees inward to seat the power supply and engage the connector pins Ensure the faceplate is flush with the chassis cutout 4 Connect the AC power cord to the power supply and a facility power source 5 Wait several seconds then inspect the power supply to ensure the amber LED extinguishes If the LED illuminates go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem 6 Inspect the Event Log Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface select Event from the Logs menu At the management server Element Manager application select Event Log from the Logs menu Ensure the following event codes appear e 203 Power supply AC voltage recovery e 207 Power supply installed 222 SAN32M 2 Installation and Ser
75. restored 9 Double click the Local Area Connection 1 icon to optionally configure addresses for the public LAN connection LAN 1 and repeat step 2 through step 8 10 Close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop 11 Reboot the server and Access the management server desktop Task 8 Configure Windows operating system users Follow the procedures in this section to configure password access for all authorized Windows server users It is also recommended to change the default administrator password 56 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual To configure users use the following steps 1 At the Windows desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then sequentially select Settings Control Panel and Users and Passwords The Users and Passwords dialog box appears 2 The Guest user name is a built in account in the Windows operating system and cannot be deleted The srvacc account is for field service users and must not be modified or deleted Change default administrator password To change the administrator password from the default password to a customer specified password use the following steps 1 Click Set Password on the Users and Passwords dialog box The Set Password dialog box appears 2 Type the new password in the New Password and Confirm New Password fields Both fields are case sensitive 3 Click OK The default administrator password changes and the Set
76. server Chapter 4 Repair information 209 b Delete the icon representing the reset switch At the SAN management application select Setup from the Discover menu The Discover Setup dialog box appears Figure 64 c Select highlight the entry representing the reset switch in the Available Addresses window and click Remove d Click OK on the Discover Setup dialog box The switch is no longer defined to the management server e Change the switch IP address through the maintenance port Refer to Task 5 Configure product network information optional for instructions f Identify the switch to the SAN management application Refer to Task 12 Configure the product to the management application for instructions Install or upgrade software The firmware version shipped with the product is provided on the System Version XX YY ZZ CD ROM The SAN management application software shipped with the product is provided on the EFC Management Applications CD ROM Subsequent upgrade firmware and software versions are provided to customers through IBM NOTE When upgrading firmware or software follow all procedural information contained in release notes or engineering change EC instructions that accompany the version Such information supplements information provided in this general procedure To obtain the latest level of firmware go to http www ibm com servers storage support san index html Locate the link for this sw
77. supply containing the indicated fan module Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan number s Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Y Y Y Y Event code 304 Message Cooling fan propeller failed Severity Major Explanation Five cooling fans failed or are rotating at insufficient angular velocity Action Contact IBM to replace both power supplies Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan number s Appendix A Event code tables 259 Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Y Y Y Y Y Event code 305 Message Cooling fan propeller failed Severity Major Explanation Six cooling fans failed or are rotating at insufficient angular velocity Action Contact IBM to replace both power supplies Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan number s Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Y Y Y Y Event Code 306 Message A cooling fan propelle
78. switch in the equipment cabinet Connect both AC power cords to receptacles at the rear of the chassis Connect AC power cords to separate for redundancy rack power strips connected to a facility power source that provides single phase 100 to 240 VAC current When the first power cord is connected the switch powers on and performs POSTs During POSTs a The green power PWR LED on the front panel illuminates b The amber system error ERR LED on the front panel blinks momentarily while the switch is tested c The green LED associated with the Ethernet port blinks momentarily while the port is tested d LEDs associated with Fibre Channel ports blink momentarily while the ports are tested After successful POST completion the PWR LED remains illuminated and all other front panel LEDs extinguish If a POST error or other malfunction occurs go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem Perform one of the following Ifthe switch is to be managed through the EFCM Basic Edition interface go to Task 4 Configure product using EFCM Basic optional Ifthe switch is to be managed through a management or customer supplied server go to Task 5 Configure product network information optional SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Task 4 Configure product using EFCM Basic optional Perform these procedures to configure the product from the EFCM Basic Edition interface A browser capable PC with Inte
79. the link incident recur YES NO 4 The problem is transient and the product port is operational Exit MAP 20 Clean fiber optic components a Inform the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets attached devices offline b Block the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port Element Manager c Clean fiber optic connectors Refer to Clean fiber optic components d Unblock the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port Element Manager e Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur YES NO L The product port is operational Exit MAP 21 Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the port and connect the cable to a spare port Is a link incident reported at the new port YES NO 1 The port reporting the problem is causing the link incident This indicates port degradation and a possible pending failure Go to step 17 22 Ensure the attached fiber optic jumper cable is not bent and connectors are not damaged If the cable is bent or connectors are damaged Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 137 a Inform the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets attached devices offline b Block the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM B
80. time EFCM Basic 30 Element Manager 72 switch identification EFCM Basic 29 Element Manager 75 switch network information EFCM Basic 34 maintenance port 47 switch operating parameters EFCM Basic 31 Element Manager 76 switch to SAN management application 64 threshold alerts 84 user names 62 Windows users 56 zone sets 95 zones 95 cooling fan description 4 events 300 399 258 fault isolation 123 illustrated parts breakdown 227 CRU removal power supply 220 SFP transceiver 216 tools required 216 CRU replacement power supply 222 SFP transceiver 218 tools required 216 CRUs description 2 illustrated parts breakdown 225 power supply 4 SFP transceiver 3 status LEDs 6 CTP card events 400 499 266 fault isolation 123 firmware versions 176 203 D data collection procedure EFCM Basic Edition 172 SAN management application 200 date set at management server 59 set switch date EFCM Basic 30 Element Manager 72 default DNS server IP address 65 EFCM Basic Edition password 27 user name 27 maintenance port password 49 121 management server gateway address 65 IP address 65 LCD panel password 51 subnet mask 65 SAN management application password 62 94 user name 62 94 SAN management application password 213 SAN management application user name 213 switch gateway address 17 99 IP address 17 99 passwords 17 99 subnet mask 17 99 TightVNC password 53 93 212 Windows password 54 94 user name 54 94 Windows password
81. tools or equipment System alerts and logs that display switch Ethernet link and Fibre Channel link status at the EFCM Basic Edition interface client communicating with the management server or customer supplied server running a SAN management application Diagnostic software that performs power on self tests POSTs and port diagnostics loopback tests An RS 232 maintenance port at the rear of the switch port access is password protected that enables installation or service personnel to change the switch s IP address subnet mask and gateway address These parameters can also be changed through a Telnet session access for which is provided through a local or remote PC with an Internet connection to the switch Data collection through the EFCM Basic Edition interface or Element Manager application to help isolate system problems The data includes a memory dump file and audit hardware and engineering logs Beaconing to assist service personnel in locating a specific port or switch When port beaconing is enabled the amber LED associated with the port flashes When unit beaconing is enabled the system error indicator on the front panel flashes Beaconing does not affect port or switch operation An internal modem for use by support personnel to dial in to the management server optional for event notification and to perform remote diagnostics 12 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual e Automatic notification
82. version of the application For instructions refer to Install or upgrade software 2 Perform the data collection procedure as a precaution to preserve switch configuration information For instructions refer to Collect maintenance data 3 Select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box appears Figure 61 4 Highlight the firmware version to be downloaded and click Send The send function verifies existence of certain switch conditions before the download process begins If an error occurs a message appears indicating the problem must be fixed before the firmware download Conditions that terminate the process include A firmware version is being installed to by another user The switch to management server link failed or timed out Chapter 4 Repair information 205 If a problem occurs and a corresponding message appears go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem If no error occurs a Warning dialog box appears confirming the operation Click Yes to download the firmware version The Send Firmware dialog box appears and the following occur during the download process a As the download begins a Writing data to FLASH message appears at the top of the dialog box As the download progresses a Sending Files message appears and remains as a progress bar shows percent completion of the download The bar progresses to 100 when the last file is transmitted to the CTP car
83. zone 1 and Zone 1 are both valid individually but are not considered unique e The first character of a zone set name must be a letter A through Z or a through z e Azone set name cannot contain spaces e Valid characters are alphanumerics and the caret hyphen underscore _ or dollar symbols e A zone set name can have a maximum of 64 characters If the installation is performed from the EFCM Basic Edition interface refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions If the installation is performed from the management server refer to the EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 620 000170 for instructions Chapter 2 Installation tasks 95 Task 22 Connect product to a fabric element eptional To provide fabric attached Fibre Channel connectivity for devices connected to the product connect the product to an expansion port E_Port of a fabric element switch or director Any switch can be used to form this ISL To connect the product to a fabric element and create an ISL use the following steps 1 Ensure that the fabric element is accessible by the EFCM Basic Edition interface or defined to the SAN management application If the fabric element must be defined refer to the appropriate switch or director installation manual for instructions Ensure that the preferred domain ID for the product is unique and does not conflict with the ID of another switch or direc
84. zone merge failure e Reason 0A A Cannot Merge condition caused a zone merge failure Obtain supplementary error code data for event code 150 At the Event Log examine bytes 12 through 15 of event data that specify the error code Record the error code Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Report the event code associated failure reason and supplementary error code Exit MAP Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 151 152 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Chapter 4 Repair information Procedural notes Power on switch Copyright IBM Corp 2006 This chapter describes repair related procedures for the switch The procedures are performed at the switch a browser capable PC communicating with the product resident Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager EFCM Basic Edition interface or a rack mount management server running a storage area network SAN management application The chapter describes Procedural notes on page 153 Power on switch on page 153 Power off switch on page 155 IML or reset switch on page 155 Clean fiber optic components on page 157 Download firmware on page 158 Port LED diagnostics on page 159 Repair procedures EFCM Basic Edition on page 160 Repair procedures SAN management application on page 181 Note the following 1 Follow all el
85. 0 523 FL_Port open request failed No action required 524 No AL_PA acquired No action required 525 FL_Port arbitration timeout No action required 581 Implicit incident Go to MAP 0500 582 Bit error threshold exceeded Go to MAP 0500 583 Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Go to MAP 0500 584 Not operational primitive sequence received Go to MAP 0500 585 Primitive sequence timeout Go to MAP 0500 586 Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Go to MAP 0500 810 High temperature warning CTP thermal sensor Go to MAP 0400 811 Critically hot temperature warning CTP thermal sensor Go to MAP 0400 812 CTP card shutdown due to thermal violations Go to MAP 0400 850 Switch shutdown due to CTP thermal violations Go to MAP 0400 Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 103 MAP 0000 Start MAP This MAP describes initial fault isolation beginning at the e Failed product e Browser capable PC with Internet connectivity to the firmware resident Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager EFCM Basic Edition interface e Rack mount management server running storage area network SAN management and Element Manager applications e Product attached open systems interconnection OSI host console 1 Prior to fault isolation have the following available e A system configuration drawing or planning worksheet that includes the location of the product management in
86. 1 Configure public LAN addresses optional 0ccceeee 52 Task 7 Configure management server information 000 53 Access the management server desktop ccccesesseeeteieeees 53 Configure management server NAMeS sessesisrsierstsrstest trt 54 Configure gateway and DNS server addresses 0004 55 Task 8 Configure Windows operating system USEFS 008 56 Change default administrator password ccccceeseseeteteees 57 Add anew User iiss ss csse crates Ase clea a ae 57 Change user Properties cece cseeeeeeseteseseeesesseeeens 58 Task 9 Set management server date and time ccceeeeeeees 59 Task 10 Configure the call home feature optional 04 61 Task 11 Assign user names and passwords cceseeseesseseseees 62 Task 12 Configure the product to the management application 64 Task 13 Record or verify server restore information 004 65 Task 14 Verify product to server communication 66 Task 15 Configure PFE key optional cece eessesenees 68 Task 16 Configure management server optional 0000 70 OSM AE ovens Sevsacsleasbvtan net Mesures A 70 FEMS errors ieaiai eiiie eaaa aA sean eee eed late 71 Task 17 Set product date and time ccccccccececeseteseeeesesestenenenens 72 Task 18 Configure the Element Manager application 74 Configure product identification c ccc cseeesesteneeneees 75 Configure produc
87. 160 and 192 Domain IDs minus the offset are still in the 1 31 range b Type a value between 1 31in the Preferred Domain ID field This value uniquely identifies each fabric element NOTE An ISL between fabric elements with identical domain IDs segments and prevents communication If the Insistent Domain ID field is enabled checked the value configured in the Preferred Domain ID field becomes the active domain ID when the fabric initializes Chapter 2 Installation tasks 77 Enable check the Rerouting Delay field if you want the traffic to be delayed through the fabric by the user specified error detect time out value ELD_TOV This delay ensures that Fibre Channel frames are delivered to their destination in order Enable check the Domain RSCNs field if you want the attached devices to register to receive notification when other devices change state Enable check the Suppress Zoning RSCNs on Zone Set Activations field if you do not want the RSCNs to be transmitted when a zone set is activated Enable check the Isolate on zone activations field if you want only devices that require RSCN notification due to a zoning configuration change to receive RSCNs Do not enable this option if Suppress on zone set activations is enabled because RSCNs will not be sent to attached devices Enable check the Node Port Virtualization field for N_Port identifier virtualization NPIV NPIV allows multiple u
88. 2 tools and test equipment CRU removal and replacement 216 supplied by service personnel 15 U unblock port EFCM Basic Edition 175 SAN management application 202 user name configure at management server 62 default EFCM Basic Edition 27 default SAN management application 62 94 213 default Windows 54 94 213 V verify management server restore information 65 power supply replacement 223 SFP transceiver replacement 219 switch to server communication 66 W Windows configure users 56 default password 54 94 user name 54 94 default password 213 default user name 213 WWN port properties dialog box 193 Z zone sets configure EFCM Basic 95 Element Manager 95 description 95 naming conventions 95 zones configure EFCM Basic 95 Element Manager 95 description 95 naming conventions 95 Index 305 306 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Readers Comments We d Like to Hear from You IBM TotalStorage SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Service information 2026 432 32E Publication No GC26 7763 03 We appreciate your comments about this publication Please comment on specific errors or omissions accuracy organization subject matter or completeness of this book The comments you send should pertain to only the information in this manual or product and the way in which the information is presented For technical questions and information about products and prices please contact your IBM b
89. 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 141 Message Congestion relieved on an ISL Severity Informational Explanation OpentTrunking firmware detected an ISL with Fibre Channel traffic that previously exceeded the configured congestion threshold The congestion is now relieved Action No action required Event data Byte 0 Port number reporting congestion relieved Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 142 Message Low BB_Credit detected on an ISL Severity Informational Explanation OpenTrunking firmware detected an ISL with no transmission BB_Credit for a period of time that exceeded the configured low BB_Credit threshold This indicates downstream fabric congestion Action No action is required for an isolated event or if the reporting ISL approaches 100 throughput If this event persists relieve the low BB_Credit condition by adding parallel ISLs increasing the ISL link speed or moving device connections to a less congested region of the fabric Event data Byte 0 Port number reporting low BB_Credit Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables
90. 45 89 segmented E_Port description 141 fault isolation 138 serviceability features 12 set online state EFCM Basic Edition 174 SAN management application 201 SFP transceiver description 3 fault isolation 126 illustrated parts breakdown 226 removal 216 replacement 218 types available 3 shipping environment 7 SNMP configure EFCM Basic 37 Element Manager 82 description 37 82 software download version from filecenter 158 install 210 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual upgrade 210 specifications management server 10 11 switch clearances 7 switch dimensions 7 switch power requirements 7 SSL encryption configure software encryption 40 configure web encryption 40 storage environment 7 subnet mask change switch value 34 47 management server default 65 switch default 17 99 swap ports 198 switch binding configure EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 90 description 46 90 enable EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 90 switch fabric log 189 switch priority 33 system events 000 199 234 T Telnet access disable at management server 86 enable at management server 86 test call home support 89 e mail notification 87 thermal sensor events 800 899 283 threshold alert port properties dialog box 194 reasons for 194 threshold alerts configure 84 description 84 types 85 TightVNC access management server 53 default password 53 93 212 time set at management server 59 set switch time EFCM Basic 30 Element Manager 7
91. 5 Click Generate to generate a new certificate Chapter 2 Installation tasks 41 6 Type a value between 50 and 10000 in the Renegotiate after field to define a renegotiation parameter in megabytes for the SSL session key 7 Click OK to save and activate changes Install PFE keys optional Follow the procedures in this section to install optional features using PFE keys After purchasing a feature obtain the PFE key by following the enclosed instructions The key is an alphanumeric string consisting of uppercase and lowercase characters that must be entered exactly including dashes An example format is XxXx XXxX xxXX xX NOTE PFE keys are encoded to work with the serial number of the installed switch only Record the key to re install the feature if required If the switch fails and must be replaced obtain new PFE keys from IBM Please have the serial numbers of the failed and replacement switches and the old PFE key number or transaction code The optional features you can install using PFE keys are listed below e Element Manager application This feature enables out of band product management through an Element Manager interface Products are delivered with the application enabled for a 31 day grace period Before grace period expiration the application must be reactivated through a PFE key e FICON management server These feature supports inband product management through FMS host control e Flexport
92. Add Multiple Generate a sequence of IP addresses OK Cancel Help M1167 Address Properties dialog box IP Address page Type a description for the product in the Description field Type the product IP address determined by the customer in the IP Address field Type the product subnet mask determined by the customer in the Subnet Mask field 64 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 6 Click OK to save the entered information and define the switch to the SAN management application Close all dialog boxes and return to the EFCM main window Task 13 Record or verify server restore information The Windows operating system configuration information must be recorded to restore the server in case of hard drive failure Record or ensure the following information 1 Network configuration information was recorded while performing Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses and Task 7 Configure management server information a Default LCD panel password 9999 or changed password was recorded b Default or changed network addresses were recorded for the private LAN connection LAN 2 e IP address default is 10 1 1 1 e Subnet mask default is 255 0 0 0 e Gateway address default is blank e DNS server IP address default is blank c Default or changed network addresses were recorded for the public LAN connection LAN 1 e IP address default is 192 168 0 1 e Subnet mask default i
93. Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Y Event code 581 Message Implicit incident Severity Major Explanation An attached server recognized a condition caused by an event that occurred at the server The event caused an implicit Fibre Channel link incident Action A link incident record LIR is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in T11 99 017v0 OSI If fault isolation at the server does not detect a failure the problem may be due to a port failure Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to perform fault isolation In addition perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Refer to the T11 99 017v0 document for the specific link incident record format Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Event code 582 Message Bit error threshold exceeded Severity Major Explanation An attached server determined the number of code violation errors recognized exceeded the bit error threshold Action A LIR is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in T11 99 017v0 OSI If fault isolation at the server does not detect a failure the problem may be due to a port fai
94. CM Basic Edition or External loopback test GAN management application for instructions If the test fails go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem Reconnect the fiber optic jumper cable a Remove the protective cap from the cable connector and the protective plug from the port optical transceiver Store the cap and plug in a suitable location for safekeeping b Clean the jumper cable and transceiver connectors Refer to Clean fiber optic components for instructions c Insert the keyed LC cable connector into the port s optical transceiver Ensure the amber port LED extinguishes If the LED illuminates go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem Inspect the Event Log Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface select Event from the Logs menu At the management server Element Manager application select Event Log from the Logs menu Ensure an event code 510 SFP optics hot insertion initiated appears If the event code does not appear go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem Verify port operation Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface open the Hardware View a Ensure alert symbols do not appear yellow triangle or red diamond b Open the Port List View Verify that port Operational State Type Health Status and Transceiver are correct At the management server Element Manager application open the Hardware
95. CM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Y Y Y Y Y Event code 301 Message Cooling fan propeller failed Severity Major Explanation Two cooling fans failed or are rotating at insufficient angular velocity Action Contact IBm to replace the power supply containing the indicated fan module Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan number s Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Y Y Y Y Event code 302 Message Cooling fan propeller failed Severity Major 258 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Explanation Three cooling fans failed or are rotating at insufficient angular velocity Action Contact IBm to replace the power supply containing the indicated fan module Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the failed fan number s Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Y Y Event code 303 Message Cooling fan propeller failed Severity Major Explanation Four cooling fans failed or are rotating at insufficient angular velocity Action Contact IBm to replace the power
96. D Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 807 Message SBAR shutdown due to thermal violation Severity Major Explanation An SBAR failed and was powered off because of excessive heat This event follows an indication that the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded event code 806 If the active SBAR fails the backup SBAR takes over operation If the backup SBAR fails the active SBAR is not impacted Action Replace the failed SBAR with a functional assembly Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty assembly to support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 285 Event code 810 Message High temperature warning CTP card thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the CTP card indicates the warm temperature threshold was reached or exceeded Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Perform a switch reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sen
97. EFCM Basic 46 SAN management application 90 description 46 90 enable EFCM Basic 46 SAN management application 90 environment operating 8 shipping 7 storage 7 equipment cabinet description 1 switch installation 25 ERR LED description 6 location 3 error detection description 12 event codes 100 error reporting description 12 event codes 100 ESD RRP precautions 215 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Ethernet connector description 5 location 3 Ethernet events configure at management server 88 enable at management server 88 Ethernet hub description 11 fault isolation 113 illustration 11 installation 20 event codes cooling fan events 300 399 258 CTP card events 400 499 266 description 233 port events 500 599 272 power supply events 200 299 254 system events 000 199 234 thermal sensor events 800 899 283 event log EFCM Basic Edition 161 Element Manager 185 SAN management 182 external loopback test description 171 197 EFCM Basic Edition 171 SAN management application 197 F F_Port configure 35 80 description 1 fabric binding configure EFCM Basic 46 SAN management application 90 description 46 90 enable EFCM Basic 46 SAN management application 90 Enterprise Fabric Mode 46 90 fabric log EFCM Basic Edition 163 SAN management 182 fabric parameters configure EFCM Basic 32 Element Manager 78 Fabricenter equipment cabinet Ethernet hub installation 22 fault isolation MAP 0000
98. Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 313 Message Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational Explanation Four cooling fans recovered or both power supplies were replaced Action No action required Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan number s 262 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 314 Message Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational Explanation Five cooling fans recovered or both power supplies were replaced Action No action required Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan number s Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 315 Message Cooling fan propeller recovered Severity Informational Explanation Six cooling fans recovered or both power supplies were replaced Action No action required Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the recovered fan number s Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Lo
99. IBM TotalStorage SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Service information 2026 432 32E m Read Before Using the license agreements under which they are provided This product contains software that is licensed under written license agreements Your use of such software is subject to GC26 7763 03 IBM TotalStorage SAN32M 2 alf Installation and Service Manual Service information 2026 432 352E GC26 7763 03 Fourth Edition October 2006 Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2005 2006 All rights reserved US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp Contents About this DOOK 00 ccceccecssccessecsecsesseesecsecssssesscsassecsscssssassaesesseeaaeess xiii Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Copyright IBM Corp 2006 General information Switehdeseri ptio sse hiesa aeaa 1 Field replaceable units ccccc cc cesses ceeeeeececeeeseeeneeesenenenes 2 SEP tranSCelvieticssc 5 5 ics oe ROSS Seen Se eos ais oles cto eee tw Hee es 3 Power supply assembly c ccccccscccceeeececeeseseecececensneneceeenes 4 Controls connectors and indicatOrs cccceeccceesseescsssssseceesssesseees 5 RESET buttona na a a a assis Geuscademiaeteas 5 Ethernet LAN connector s ssssssseessessresressessressessresresressessresres 5 Power and system error LEDS ssssessssssssstssssrsttssterstesteestessteste
100. MAP 500event codes sisiecccsstistevsesissssecsentseesesicescedcavsesissveavesscocescnapvahsveveeveies 126 Link incident MeSSages sssini EKE RAES ER 127 Invalid attachment reasons and actions cccceccesseecseseesceesceseecseesseessenses 128 Inactive port reasons and actions ccccccceesesceeeteesesteteteeeceteseseseenenenes 134 MAP 600event codes innana n aeai 139 E_Port segmentation reasons and actions s essssessesssesiesissessessiesessessee 141 Port fence codes and actions cccccssessscsscessesscessesscesceeeecsecseecsecssessecnsenaes 146 Fabric merge failure reasons and actions ss sssssessesssesiesistessissesesseessess 150 Portoperati al states s is eisini i iei 159 Port List Table sisineninianan anae a a a ai ir T as 166 Inspect Port Properties Tableu spenen eea iK 167 POM Data Table sicicescssscsctevccesctbcctetecsdestinecoibestactvcisises a ea E 168 Inspect Port Transceiver Technology Table cccccccseeeeeeesesteteteneees 168 Performance View Table cccccccccssscssssessessscessecessecsseeessesseeeeseceseecsseeeeeeees 169 Statistical Information in Performance View ccscssccesccssececessseesseeeees 192 Port Properties Tabl sisinio aeaddete cacasstaetceatsieetieat iea ataia 193 Port Technology Tabledi anssen 195 Rear accessible FRU parts list cccccscccescceeseeeeteteeseseeneneescecesesssnenenenes 228 Power cord and receptacle list cccccccsessesssneteseseeneneseecenesesesesnenen
101. Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Y Y Event Code 605 Message SBAR revision not supported Severity Minor Explanation The indicated SBAR is not recognized and appears uninstalled to the director firmware Action Ensure the director model supports the operating firmware version If the firmware version is supported replace the SBAR with a functional assembly Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty assembly to support personnel Event Data Byte 0 SBAR slot position Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 and 9 detected module identifier Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv 282 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Thermal sensor events 800 through 899 Event Code 800 Message High temperature warning port module thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with a UPM indicates the warm temperature threshold was reached or exceeded Action Replace the indicated UPM with a functional UPM of the same type Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty card to support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribut
102. Manager 90 authentication settings Element Manager 90 basic port information EFCM Basic 35 Element Manager 80 call home feature 61 call home support 89 Element Manager application 74 e mail notification 87 Enterprise Fabric Mode EFCM Basic 46 SAN management application 90 Ethernet events 88 fabric binding EFCM Basic 46 SAN management application 90 fabric parameters EFCM Basic 32 Element Manager 78 295 296 ISL performance features EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 91 SAN management application 91 management server date and time 59 DNS domain name 53 IP address 50 name 53 password 50 subnet mask 50 OpenTrunking EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 91 OSMS EFCM Basic 39 Element Manager 70 passwords 51 62 PFE keys EFCM Basic 42 Element Manager 68 port BB_Credit EFCM Basic 36 Element Manager 81 port binding EFCM Basic 46 port fencing EFCM Basic 47 SAN management application 91 port NPIV EFCM Basic 37 Element Manager 82 preferred path EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 91 RADIUS server Element Manager 90 SANtegrity authentication EFCM Basic 45 Element Manager 89 SANtegrity binding EFCM Basic 45 Element Manager 89 SAN management application 89 security features EFCM Basic 45 Element Manager 89 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual SAN management application 89 SNMP EFCM Basic 37 Element Manager 82 SSL encryption software 40 web 40 switch binding EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 90 switch date and
103. Modify the Domain ID to make it unique 3 Incompatible zoning configurations The same name is applied to a zone for the switch and another director or switch but the zones contain different zone members Modify the zone name to make it unique or ensure zones with the same name contain identical zone members 4 Build fabric protocol error A protocol error was detected during incorporation of the switch into the fabric Disconnect the E_Port link then reconnect the link If the condition persists perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel 5 No principal switch No director or switch in the fabric can become the principal switch Modify the switch priority to any value other than 255 6 No response from attached switch hello timeout The switch periodically verifies operation of attached directors or switches The E_Port at the operational switch times out and segments if the attached device does not respond Check the status of the attached director or switch If the condition persists perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 239 Event code 071 Message Switch is isolated Severity Informational Explanation The switch is isolated fro
104. Password dialog box closes Add a new user To set up a new Windows user use the following steps 1 Click Add on the Users and Passwords dialog box The first window of the Add New User wizard appears Figure 25 2 Type the appropriate information in the User name and Domain fields and click Next The second window of the Add New User wizard appears 3 Type the new user password in the Password and Confirm password fields and click Next The third window of the Add New User wizard appears 4 Select the Standard user Restricted user or Other radio button based on the access level granted for each user If the Other radio button is selected choose the type of access from the adjacent list box Chapter 2 Installation tasks 57 Type the domain and user name of a user to give them permission to use this computer User name Domain Browse To continue click Next i24M1160 Figure 25 Add New User wizard 5 Click Finish New user information is added and the wizard closes Record the user information for reference if the server hard drive fails and must be restored 6 If no other users are to be added close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop Change user properties To change existing user properties use the following steps 1 At the Users and Passwords dialog box highlight the user at the Users for this computer field and click Properties The Properties dialog box appears with
105. Reset When configuration data is reset to factory default values the switch configuration data defaults to the factory set Internet Protocol IP address and all optional features are disabled Notify the customer that the switch will be set offline Ensure that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached FC AL devices offline To reset configuration data to factory defaults using the EFCM Basic edition use the following steps 1 2 Set the switch offline For instructions refer to Set online state Select Switch from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Switch The Switch view appears Figure 49 Click Reset Configuration A dialog box with the message Are you sure that you want to reset the configuration appears Click OK to reset the configuration The switch IP address resets to the default address of 10 1 1 10 If the configured IP address prior to reset was the same as the default address the browser to switch Internet connection is not affected and the procedure is complete If the configured IP address prior to reset was not the same as the default address the browser to switch Internet connection drops and the EFCM Basic Edition session is lost Continue to the next step To change the switch IP address and restart the EFCM Basic Edition interface refer to Configure network information To restart the EFCM Basic Edition interface using the defaul
106. SI 32 right angle 250 volts 15 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle SI 32 1022 Reference only Power cord AC Thailand Philippines Taiwan Bolivia and Peru NEMA 6 15P straight 250 volts 15 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle NEMA 6 15R 1023 Reference only Power cord AC Denmark Afsnit 107 2 D1 straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle Afsnit 107 2 D1 1024 Reference only Power cord AC South Africa Burma Pakistan India and Bangladesh BS 546 Type right angle 250 volts 15 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle BS 546 1025 Reference only Power cord AC Switzerland and Liechtenstein SEV 1011 straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle SEV 1011 1026 230 Reference only Power cord AC United States Chicago NEMA 6 15P straight non locking 250 volts 10 amps 1 8 meters Receptacle NEMA 6 15R SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 1027 Table 31 Power cord and receptacle list Continued Ref Part number Description Feature 12 Reference only Power cord AC United States Chicago NEMA L6 15P straight twist lock 250 volts 10 amps 1 8 meters Receptacle NEMA L6 15R 1028 13 Reference only Power cord AC North America NEMA L6 15P straight twist lock 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle NEMA L6 15R 1016 and 1029 14 Reference only Power cord AC Japan NEMA 6 15P straight 240 volts 6 amps 2 8
107. SS 0 59 2 Click OK to save and activate changes 30 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Configure parameters To configure product operating parameters use the following steps 1 Set the product offline Refer to Set online state for instructions 2 Select Parameters from the Configure menu Configure gt Switch gt Parameters The Parameters view appears Figure 13 a Select the Domain ID Offset value from the drop down list Values available in the drop down list are 0 32 64 96 default 128 160 and 192 Domain IDs minus the offset are still in the 1 31 range I Insistent Domain ID I Rerouting Delay I Domain RSCN I Suppress RSCN on Zone Set Activations I Limited Fabric RSCN Zone FlexPars Isolate Fabric RSCNs on zone activation changes Preferred Domain ID h ISL FSPF Cost Configuration By Port Speed The device must be offline to activate changes to this parameter a ce i24M1134 Figure 13 Parameters View b Type a value 1 31 in the Preferred Domain ID field c Enable check the Insistent Domain ID field if you want the Preferred Domain ID to become the active domain ID when the fabric initializes d Enable check the Rerouting Delay field if you want the traffic to be delayed through the fabric by the error detect time out value E_D_TOV This delay ensures that the Fibre Channel frames are delivered to their destination in order Chapter 2 Installa
108. a Element Manager Was the maintenance action successful NO YES The management server connection is restored Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 18 An instance of the SAN management application is open at another management server and communicating with the product duplicate session Inform the customer and either e Power off the server running the second instance of the application e Configure the server running the second instance of the application as a client workstation Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 119 Does the customer want the second server configured as a client YES NO 4 Power off the server reporting the Duplicate Session problem Exit MAP 19 Determine the IP address of the management server running the first instance of the SAN management application a After the server powers on and successfully completes POSTs the LCD panel displays a Welcome message and continuously cycles through and displays operational information b After a few seconds the LCD panel displays a LAN 2 010 001 001 001 message c Depending on product to server LAN connectivity record the appropriate IP address LAN 1 or LAN 2 Continue to the next step 20 Configure the management server reporting the Duplicate Session problem as a client a At the SAN management application select Logout from the SAN menu The application closes and the Log In dialog box displays b
109. ack test Reset the failed port a At the EFCM Basic Edition interface 1 Select Ports and Reset from the Maintenance menu at any view The Reset View displays 2 If necessary use the vertical scroll bar to display the information row for the port 3 Select click the check box in the Reset column 4 Click OK The port resets b At the Element Manager 1 Atthe Hardware View right click the port A pop up menu appears 2 Select Reset Port The message This operation will cause a link reset to be sent to the attached device displays 3 Click OK The port resets c Perform an external loopback test for the reset port Refer to External loopback test EFCM Basic Edition or External loopback test Element Manager Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The product port is operational Exit MAP Go to step 17 19 A message appeared in the Link Incident Log or an event code 581 582 583 584 585 or 586 was observed at the console of an OSI server attached to the product reporting the problem Clear the link incident Element Manager only a At the Hardware View right click the port A pop up menu appears b Select Clear Link Incident Alert s The Clear Link Incident Alert s dialog box displays 136 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual c Select the This port n only radio button and click OK The link incident clears d Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did
110. ager application Click Send Test A call home test message is sent 4 Click OK to close the dialog box Select Enable Call Home Notification from the Maintenance menu A check mark appears to indicate call home event notification is enabled This section describes optional product security features configured through the SAN management or Element Manager applications The enhanced SANtegrity PFE key must be installed Refer to Install PFE keys optional for instructions Chapter 2 Installation tasks 89 90 The optional product security features include SANtegrity authentication Select Authentication from the Configure menu in the Element Manager application The Configure Authentication dialog box appears It has five tabs using which you can configure the following optional authentication features Users Configure password protected administrator and operator access to the SAN management and Element Manager applications Software Configure CHAP controlled management interface access out of band and inband to the product Devices Configure a CHAP secret authentication sequence for nodes devices attached to the product through E_Ports or N_ports IP Access Control Configure a list of device IP addresses or a range of device IP addresses authorized to communicate with the product RADIUS Servers Configure RADIUS servers A RADIUS server stores and authenticates passwords and CHAP se
111. agnostics cc eee seseseeceseessseeeesesssseenees 190 Collect maintenance data ccccccccccccsceesscesscesseeesceeseeeeeceeeeee 200 Set Online State ee irele e e ENE E EEA 201 Block or unblock a port ss sssssessssssssssssesssssesresessesnesresessesses 202 Upgrade firmware s sssssssssssssesissisressersesressesstsneesinsesnessereesesnes 203 Manage configuration data cccccseesesseteeeceeesesssteneeseees 206 Install or upgrade software ss sssssssssssissississesseesissessesneesees 210 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement procedures Procedural notesie in eie A eed E E esa eae 215 ESD Procedures s nge a nariai aaran ie eeii 215 Customer replaceable unit SFP optical transceiver 00 216 Field replaceable unit Redundant power supply cce 220 Chapter 6 Illustrated parts breakdown Front accessible aRU S a O e OA ae EEAS 226 Rearaccessible FRUS aaa e a O E tbat 227 Power cords and receptacles ccccccecccssesesesesteneteesceeeneseseenens 229 Appendix A Event code tables System events 000 through 199 s sssssssssssssssessssrstsssesstsntsssseses 234 Power supply events 200 through 299 sss ssssssssssssssssssrsssssssesses 254 Fan events 300 through 399 oo es ceseeeeceeeceseeeseneseeeenees 258 CTP card events 400 through 499 wo eee neneneeeeens 266 Port events 500 through 599 wc esses ce cessseseseseeenees 272 SBAR Events 600 through 699 oo cece se seseeseeseeesesens 281 Th
112. ame port Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP 12 Reset the product Refer to ML or reset switch for instructions Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP 144 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 13 An E_Port segmented because no product in the fabric is capable of becoming the principal switch a Inform the customer the product will be set offline Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets attached devices offline b Set the product offline Refer to Set online state EFCM Basic Edition or Set online state Element Manager c For the product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Switch and Fabric Parameters from the Configure menu at any view The Fabric Parameters View displays Element Manager Select Operating Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the Configure menu at any view The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box displays d At the Switch Priority field select Principal Never Principal or Default then click OK or Activate The switch priority value designates the fabric s principal switch which is assigned a priority of 1 and contro
113. anager use the following steps NOTE A small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver must be installed in the port during the test A device can remain connected during the test 1 Select Port Diagnostics from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Port Diagnostics The Port Diagnostics dialog box appears Figure 57 2 Type the port number to be tested or select all ports at the Port Select area of the dialog box 3 Select the Internal Loop option from the Diagnostics Test list box 4 Click Next The message Press START TEST to begin diagnostics appears and the Next button changes to a Start Test button Port Select Port Number All ports on switch 0 31 Diagnostics Test Internal Loop gt d ternal Loop Completion Status external Loop evice applications should be terminated before starting diagnostics Press NEXT to continue 16M2018 Next Cancel Help Port Diagnostics dialog box SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual External loopback test 5 Click Start Test The test begins and a The Start Test button changes to a Stop Test button b The message Port xx TEST RUNNING appears c Ared progress bar indicating percent completion travels from left to right across the Completion Status field When the test completes results appear as Port xx Passed or Port xx Failed in the message area of the dialog box 6 When finished click Cancel to close the Port Diagnostics dia
114. ansceivers as directed by the customer 3 Perform one of the following e Ifthe product is installed on a table or desktop bundle and secure Fibre Channel cables as directed by the customer e If the product is installed in a customer supplied equipment rack bundle Fibre Channel cables from the product and other equipment groups of 16 maximum and secure them as directed by the customer 94 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual e If the product is installed in a Fabricenter equipment cabinet bundle Fibre Channel cables from the product and other equipment groups of 16 maximum and secure them in the cable management area at the front left side of the cabinet Task 21 Configure zoning optional Follow the instructions in this section to configure the zoning options for the product To configure zones and zone sets for the product use the following instructions e Zone A zone is a group of devices that can access each other through port to port connections Devices in the same zone can recognize and communicate with each other devices in different zones cannot e Zone set A zone set is a group of zones that is activated or deactivated as a single entity across all managed products in either a single switch or a multiswitch fabric Only one zone set can be active at one time The following naming conventions apply to zones and zone sets e All names must be unique and may not differ by case only For example
115. application must be reactivated through a PFE key During the grace period a No Feature Key dialog box appears when the Element Manager application opens Click OK to close the dialog box and use the application In addition the message Element Manager license key has not been installed Please follow up instructions to update permanent key appears splashed across all views e FICON management server These feature supports inband product management through FMS host control e Flexport Technology A Flexport Technology product is delivered at a discount with all Fibre Channel ports disabled When additional port capacity is required the remaining ports are incrementally enabled through this feature e Full volatility This feature ensures no Fibre Channel frames are stored after the product is powered off or fails and a memory dump file that possibly includes classified data frames is not included as part of the data collection procedure 68 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figure 32 e N_Port ID virtualization This feature allows up to 256 Fibre Channel addresses to be assigned to an N_Port e SANtegrity binding This feature enhances security in SANs with a large and mixed group of fabrics and attached devices e SANtegrity authentication This feature enhances security of the product by controlling the ability of users devices and processes to attach to the product e OpenTrunking This feature provi
116. ardware view and perform one of the following steps e If the product appears operational no CRU alert symbols and a green circle at the status bar go to Task 15 Configure PFE key optional e If product operation appears degraded or a failure is indicated CRU alert symbols and a yellow triangle or red diamond on the status bar go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem Chapter 2 Installation tasks 67 Task 15 Configure PFE key optional Follow the procedures in this section to install optional features using PFE key After purchasing a feature obtain the PFE key by following the enclosed instructions The key is an alphanumeric string consisting of uppercase and lowercase characters that must be entered exactly including dashes An example format is XxXx XXxX xxXX xX NOTE PFE keys are encoded to work with the serial number of the installed switch only Record the key to re install the feature if required If the switch fails and must be replaced obtain new PFE keys from IBM Please have the serial numbers of the failed and replacement switches and the old PFE key number or transaction code The optional features that you can install using PFE keys are listed below e Element Manager application This feature enables out of band product management through an Element Manager interface Products are delivered with the application enabled for a 31 day grace period Before grace period expiration the
117. asic Edition or Block or unblock a port Element Manager c Remove and replace the fiber optic jumper cable d Unblock the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port Element Manager Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The product port is operational Exit MAP 23 The attached device is causing the recurrent link incident Inform the customer of the problem and have the system administrator a Inspect and verify operation of the attached device b Repair the attached device if a failure is indicated c Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP MAP 0600 Fabric or ISL problem analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for fabric interswitch link ISL fenced E_Port and segmented E_Port problems The failure indicator is an event code 011 021 051 061 062 063 070 071 072 082 140 142 or 150 observed at the Event Log EFCM Basic Edition or Element Manager interface 1 Table 17 lists event codes explanations and MAP steps 138 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Table 17 MAP 600 event codes RE Explanation Action 011 Login Server database invalid Go to step 2 021 Name Server database invalid Go to step 2 051 Management Se
118. at corresponds to the IBM product name Table 1 lists the IBM product name the corresponding McDATA product name the applicable software and the documentation that is relevant to the product Table 1 IBM products and SAN management documentation E OS IBM TotalStorage Related firmware product name and SAN and machine type McDATA product management and model name product Relevant documentation SAN12M 1 Switch Sphereon 4300 e E OS e EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 2026 E12 Switch EFCM Basic E OS SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 2026 12E Edition E OS Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000134 SAN24M 1 Switch Sphereon 4500 E OS EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 2026 224 Switch EFCM 620 000170 Element e Sphereon 4500 Switch Element Manager User Manual Manager 620 000175 EFCM Basic e EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 Edition E OS SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 E OS Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000134 SAN32M 1 Switch Sphereon 3232 E OS EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 2027 232 Switch EFCM 620 000170 Element e Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switch Element Manager Manager User Manual 620 000173 EFCM Basic EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 Edition E OS SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 E OS Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000134 SAN16M 2 Switch Sphereon 4400 E OS EFC Mana
119. atabase invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an initial machine load IML or firmware download the Login Server database failed cyclic redundancy check CRC validation All fabric service databases initialize to an empty state resulting in implicit fabric logout of all attached devices Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv 234 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 021 Message Name Server database invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an IML or firmware download the Name Server database failed CRC validation All fabric service databases initialize to an empty state resulting in implicit fabric logout of all attached devices Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Y Y Y Y Event code 031 Message SNMP request received from unauthorized community Severity Informational Explanation An SNMP request containing an unauthor
120. ation Action 300 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to step 2 301 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to step 2 302 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to step 2 303 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to step 2 304 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to step 2 305 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to step 2 370 Cooling fan status polling temporarily disabled Go to step 3 426 Multiple ECC single bit errors occurred Go to step 4 433 Non recoverable Ethernet fault Go to step 5 440 Embedded port hardware failed Go to step 5 810 High temperature warning CTP thermal sensor Go to step 6 811 Critically hot temperature warning CTP thermal sensor Go to step 6 812 CTP card shutdown due to thermal violations Go to step 6 850 Switch shutdown due to CTP thermal violations Go to step 6 2 Visual inspection amber LED illuminated or event code 300 301 302 303 304 or 305 indicates one or more cooling fans failed and one or both power supplies must be removed and replaced Refer to Field replaceable unit Redundant power supply e The procedure is concurrent and performed while the product is operational e f multiple fan failures caused a thermal shutdown connect the product to facility AC power after power supply s are replaced 124 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual e Perform a data collection as part of the removal and replacement Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect
121. ation and Service Manual Task 1 Verify installation requirements Ensure that the following requirements are met prior to product and management interface installation A site plan is prepared configuration planning tasks are complete planning considerations are evaluated and related planning checklists are complete Refer to the IBM TotalStorage Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual GC26 7675 for information Fibre Channel SAN design and director switch and SAN router device connectivity are evaluated and the related planning worksheet is complete Refer to the IBM TotalStorage Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual GC26 7675 for information Support is available for one of the following product management methods A browser capable PC and Internet connectivity to support the product resident EFCM Basic Edition interface or Arack mount management server or browser capable PC and LAN segment connectivity to support operation of SAN management and Element Manager applications Support equipment and technical personnel are available for the installation The required number and type of fiber optic jumper cables are delivered and available Ensure cables are the correct length and have the required connectors An equipment cabinet or customer supplied 19 inch equipment rack and associated hardware are available optional Remote workstations or simple network management protocol SNMP wo
122. attached power cords telecommunications systems networks and modems before you open the device covers unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures e Connect and disconnect cables as described below when installing moving or opening covers on this product or attached devices To Disconnect 1 Turn everything OFF unless instructed otherwise 2 Remove power cords from the outlet 3 Remove signal cables from connectors 4 Remove all cables from devices To Connect Turn everything OFF unless instructed otherwise Attach all cables to devices Attach signal cables to connectors Attach power cords to outlet Turn device ON D005 TARYN As an added precaution safety labels are often installed directly on products or product components to warn of potential hazards These About this book xix AS LD AID A Caution notices can be either danger or caution notices depending upon the level of the hazard The actual product safety labels may differ from these sample safety labels DANGER Hazardous voltage current or energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached L001 DANGER Rack mounted devices are not to be used as a shelf or work space L002 DANGER Multiple power cords L003 A caution notice calls attention to a situation that is potentially hazardous to people because of some existing condition
123. b selected 3 Click Properties The Identification Changes dialog box appears Figure 23 You can change the name and the membership of this computer Changes may affect access to network resources Computer name Full computer name Member of C Domain Workgroup eee Lox Cancel i24M1161 Figure 23 Identification Changes Dialog Box 54 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 6 Change the name to MGMTSERVER in the Computer Name field Click select the Workgroup radio button change the name to WORKGROUP and click OK The dialog box closes Record the computer and workgroup names for reference if the server hard drive fails and must be restored Close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop Configure gateway and DNS server addresses To configure gateway and DNS server IP addresses for the private LAN connection LAN 2 and public LAN connection LAN 1 use the following steps 1 At the Windows desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then sequentially select Settings Control Panel and Network and Dial up Connections The Network and Dial up Connections window appears Double click the Local Area Connection 2 icon to configure addresses for the private LAN connection LAN 2 The Local Area Connection 2 Status dialog box appears Click Properties The Local Area Connection 2 Properties dialog box appears Double click the Internet
124. back option in the Diagnostic Test list box 4 Click Start The test begins and a The Diagnostics view changes to a Diagnostics Executing view SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual External loopback test b The message Diagnostics Time Remaining xx appears where xx are the seconds remaining in the test The test takes approximately 30 seconds NOTE Click Stop at any time to abort the loopback test 5 When the test completes the Diagnostics Executing view reverts to the Diagnostics view Test results appear as Passed Failed or Test Incomplete in the message area of the view 6 Reset the tested port a Select Reset from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Ports gt Reset The Reset view appears b Select the check box in the Reset column corresponding to the tested port c Click OK The port resets 7 Notify the customer the test is complete and the attached device can be set online Follow the procedures in this section to perform the external loopback test using the EFCM Basic edition An external loopback test checks all port circuitry including fiber optic components of the installed optical transceiver To perform the test the attached device must be quiesced and disconnected from the port and a singlemode or multimode loopback plug must be inserted in the port Notify the customer that a disruptive external loopback test will be performed and the attached device will be disconnected
125. be required to open front and rear doors of the equipment cabinet A 5 16 inch socket wrench may also be used Chapter 1 General information 13 i140M010 Figure 4 Door key e Loopback plug A multimode shortwave laser or singlemode longwave laser loopback plug Figure 5 is required to perform port diagnostic tests Loopback plugs are shipped with the product depending on the types of port transceivers installed i140M212 Figure 5 Loopback plug e Fiber optic protective plug For safety and port transceiver protection fiber optic protective plugs Figure 6 are inserted in all product ports without fiber optic cables attached Products are shipped with protective plugs installed i140M213 Figure 6 Fiber optic protective plug e Null modem cable An asynchronous RS 232 null modem cable Figure 7 is required to configure product network addresses and acquire event log information through the product s serial port The cable has nine conductors and DB 9 female connectors 14 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual i12M1015 Figure 7 Null modem cable Tools supplied by service personnel The following tools should be supplied by service personnel Scissors or pocket knife A sharp cutting edge scissors or knife blade is required to cut protective strapping when unpacking replacement CRUs Flat tip and cross tip Phillips screwdrivers Screwdrivers are required to remove replace adjust or t
126. ble Email Event Notification check box to enable e mail transmission to configured addresses 3 Type the IP address or DNS host name of the SMTP server in the E mail Server field 4 Type the e mail address to which replies should be sent in the Reply Address field Chapter 2 Installation tasks 87 10 Type the length of time the application should wait between notifications in the Summary Interval field Choose seconds minutes or hours from the associated drop down list Click User List to specify users for notification The EFCM Server Users dialog box appears Enable check the check box in the Email column to enable notification for a user Click OK to close the EFCM Server Users dialog box Select the Send to radio button and type recipient IP addresses in the adjacent field in the E mail Test Options field or select the Send to all users enabled for notification radio button Click Send Test Email A test message is sent to the configured recipients Click OK to save the information and close the dialog box NOTE Select Enable E Mail Notification from the Maintenance menu in the Element Manager A check mark is displayed to indicate that e mail notification for the product is enabled The enable function must be activated for each product through the Element Manager application Configure and enable Ethernet events Follow the procedures in this section to configure and enable Ethernet events An Ethernet
127. bled but no WWN or nickname is displayed in the Bound WWN column no device can connect e If port binding is disabled any device can connect Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box Follow the procedures in this section to configure names write authorizations addresses and UDP port numbers for SNMP trap message recipients 82 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual To configure SNMP for the recipient workstations use the following steps 1 Select Operating Parameters from the Configure menu The Operating Parameters dialog box appears 2 Select the SNMP tab Figure 40 Fabric Domain Identification SNMP Date Time Interfaces Enable SNMP Agent Fibre Alliance MIB Trap Version 3 1 Y Enable Authentication Traps Trap Recipients S Y oe in RRN Community Name Write Authorization Trap Recipient UDP Port Number public i24M1174 OK Cancel Help Figure 40 Configure SNMP dialog box a Click Enable SNMP Agent and Enable Authentication Traps to activate the installed agent and enable transmission of SNMP trap messages to recipients b Select the appropriate FA MIB from the Fibre Alliance MIB Trap Version drop down list Valid selections are FA MIB Version 3 0 or FA MIB Version 3 1 c Type a community name of less than 32 alphanumeric characters for each configured recipient in the Community Name field This name is incorporated in SNMP tra
128. bric merge failure Go to MAP 0600 151 Fabric configuration failure Go to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic or Collect maintenance data Element Manager 200 Power supply AC voltage failure Go to MAP 0100 201 Power supply DC voltage failure Go to MAP 0100 203 Power supply AC voltage recovery No action required 204 Power supply DC voltage recovery No action required 206 Power supply removed Replace CRU 207 Power supply installed No action required 300 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to MAP 0400 301 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to MAP 0400 302 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to MAP 0400 303 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to MAP 0400 304 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to MAP 0400 305 Cooling fan propeller failed Go to MAP 0400 Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 101 Table 7 Event codes versus maintenance action Continued Event code Explanation Action 310 Cooling fan propeller recovered No action required 311 Cooling fan propeller recovered No action required 312 Cooling fan propeller recovered No action required 313 Cooling fan propeller recovered No action required 314 Cooling fan propeller recovered No action required 315 Cooling fan propeller recovered No action required 370 Cooling fan status polling temporarily disabled Go to MAP 0400 400 Power
129. button The LAN 2 Setting message appears at the LCD panel Press ENTER and the default IP address of 10 1 1 1 appears Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new IP address then press ENTER A Save Change Yes Save message appears Chapter 2 Installation tasks 51 Press ENTER The LAN 2 IP address changes and the default subnet mask of 255 0 0 0 appears Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new subnet mask then press ENTER A Save Change Yes Save message appears Press ENTER A Wait a moment message appears at the LCD panel the panel returns to the LAN 1 Setting message and the LAN 2 subnet mask changes Record the private LAN IP address and subnet mask for reference if the server hard drive fails and must be restored Configure public LAN addresses optional To optionally configure TCP IP network information for the public LAN connection LAN 1 use the following steps 1 Press ENTER on the management server LCD panel The Welcome or operational information message changes to an Input Password 0 message Using the A button to increment a digit the Y button to decrement a digit the lt button to move the cursor left and the gt button to move the cursor right input the default or changed password and press ENTER The LAN 1 Setting message appears at the LCD panel Press ENTER and the default IP address of 192 168 0 1 appears Use the arrow keys as describe
130. ch ports through SFP transceivers The fiber optic transceivers provide duplex LC connectors and can be detached from switch ports through a 10 pin interface for easy replacement Tri rate shortwave laser transceive types 1 0625 2 1250 or 4 2500 Gbps are also available Shortwave laser transceivers 850 nm provide connectivity Chapter 1 General information e At500 meters 1 0625 Gbps through 50 micron multimode fiber optic cable e At 300 meters 2 1250 Gbps through 50 micron multimode fiber optic cable e At 150 meters 4 2500 Gbps through 50 micron multimode fiber optic cable e At 300 meters 1 0625 Gbps through 62 5 micron multimode fiber optic cable e At 150 meters 2 1250 Gbps through 62 5 micron multimode fiber optic cable e At 70 meters 4 2500 Gbps through 62 5 micron multimode fiber optic cable Tri rate longwave laser 1 0625 2 1250 or 4 2500 Gbps are also available Longwave laser transceivers provide connectivity at 4 kilometers and 10 kilometers through singlemode fiber optic cable The switch also provides a predictive optics monitoring POM feature that monitors operation of SFP optical transceivers Digital diagnostics enabled optical transceivers report temperature voltage current transceiver power and receiver power to product firmware Optical transceivers also provide vendor specific threshold values for these parameters Power supply assembly The switch contains two
131. ck 4 Windows XP Professional with service pack 2 or Windows Server 2003 operating system Enterprise Edition with service pack 1 operating system TightVNC Viewer Version 1 2 7 client server software control package that provides remote network access through a web browser to the management server desktop 1 024 megabyte MB RAM 40 gigabyte GB internal hard drive 1 44 MB 3 5 inch slim type disk drive 24X read speed slim type compact disk rewritable CD RW and 8X read speed digital video disk DVD combination drive data only 56K peripheral component interconnect PCI internal data and fax modem using the V 92 dial up specification 16 MB graphics card Network interface card NIC with two 10 100 Mbps Ethernet adapters using RJ 45 connectors Recommended server specifications are A rack mount server running the Intel Pentium 4 processor with a 3 GHz or greater clock speed using an 800 megahertz MHz front side bus using the Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating system Enterprise Edition with service pack 1 TightVNC Viewer Version 1 2 7 client server software control package that provides remote network access through a web browser to the management server desktop 10 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Ethernet hub optional Figure 3 2 048 MB or greater double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM 40 GB or greater internal hard drive with advanced t
132. consult the Installation and Service Manual provided with this product for more information fae Figure 15 Network View 2 a Type a value in the IP Address field default is 10 1 1 10 b Type a value in the Subnet Mask field default is 255 0 0 0 c Type a value in the Gateway Address field default is 0 0 0 0 Click OK to save and activate changes An acknowledgement message appears indicating that the browser PC must be directed to the new IP address 34 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual i24M1133 3 Update the address resolution protocol ARP table for the browser PC a Close the EFCM Basic Edition interface and all browser applications b Open the command prompt DOS on your Windows desktop c Delete the switch s old IP address from the ARP table At the command C prompt type arp d xxx xxx xxx xxx where XXX XXX XXX XXX is the old IP address for the switch d Close the command prompt window and return to the Windows desktop 4 Perform a power on reset POR IML or reset switch Open the browser Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator on your PC Enter the new IP address of the product as the URL The Enter Network Password dialog box appears 6 Type the case sensitive user name and password and click OK The EFCM Basic Edition interface appears with the Topology view displaying the status information of each fabric element Configure basic port information To configu
133. crets Enterprise Fabric Mode Select Enterprise Fabric Mode option from the Configure menu Configure gt Enterprise Fabric Mode in EFCM to enable or disable EFM Fabric binding is activated when EFM is enabled Fabric binding Select Fabric Binding from the Configure menu Configure gt Fabric Binding to lock parameters of a fabric in accordance with the user configuration Fabric binding creates a membership list of element director or switch Domain_IDs and WWNs that can communicate with the product Switch binding e Select Change State from the Security menu Security gt Switch Binding gt Change State to enable Switch Binding and the port type to which it applies E F or all e Select Membership List from the Security menu Security gt Switch Binding gt Membership List in EFCM to create a membership list of node device WWNs that can attach to the product The specified connection policy restricts product access through E_Ports F_Ports or in general all ports SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual To configure optional features refer to the EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 620 000170 for instructions Configure interswitch links This section describes optional ISL performance features configured through the SAN management or Element Manager applications The optional ISL performance features that can be configured using EFCM or Element Manager include e OpenTrunking Use the OpenTrunking o
134. ctive 292 This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 89 336 EEC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility IBM cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non recommended modification of the product including the fitting of non IBM option cards This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A Information Technology Equipment according to European Standard EN 55022 The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed communication equipment Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to reduce the potential for causing interference to radio and TV communications and to other electrical or electronic equipment Such cables and connectors are available from IBM authorized dealers IBM cannot accept SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual responsibility for any interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors Germany Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz tiber die elektromagneti
135. d As the download finishes a Writing data to FLASH message appears again The switch performs an IPL during which an IPLing message appears at the Send Firmware dialog box In addition the switch to management server Ethernet link drops momentarily After the IPL a Send firmware complete message appears at the Send Firmware dialog box 7 Click Close to close the dialog box 8 Click Close to close the Firmware Library dialog box Manage configuration data Back up configuration The Element Manager application provides options to Back up and restore the configuration file stored in NV RAM on the switch CTP card Reset the configuration file to factory default values The switch must be set offline prior to restoring or resetting the configuration file To back up the switch configuration file to the management server using Element Manager use the following steps 1 Select Backup amp Restore Configuration from the Maintenance menu The Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box appears Figure 62 206 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figure 62 Restore configuration Reset configuration data Backup will save the current configuration trom the switch to the server Restore will send the backed up configuration to the switch and overwrite its current configuration Backup Restore Cancel Help i16M2023 Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box 2 Click Backup An Information
136. d Use default parameters displayed at each window and click Next and Finish as appropriate to complete the CD formatting task 92 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual When the rewritable CD is formatted the red down arrow associated with the InCD icon changes to a green up arrow Back up the product configuration file to the server For instructions refer to Back up configuration Close the Element manager application and return to the SAN management application Close the SAN management application by selecting Shutdown from the SAN menu An EFCM Message dialog box appears Click Yes to close the application Reboot the server to cause directory contents to be written to the blank CD a At the Windows desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box appears b Select the Restart option from the list box and click OK The server powers down and restarts During the reboot process the LAN connection between the server and browser capable PC drops momentarily and the TightVNC viewer displays a network error c After the management server reboots click Login again The VNC Authentication screen appears d Type the default password and click OK The Welcome to Windows dialog box appears NOTE The default TightVNC viewer password is password e Click the Send Ctrl Alt Del button at the top of the window to log on to the se
137. d an ISL with no transmission BB_Credit for a period of time that exceeded the configured low BB_Credit threshold This results in downstream fabric congestion No action is required for an isolated event or if the reporting ISL approaches 100 throughput If the event persists perform one of the following e Relieve the congestion by adding parallel ISLs between the fabric elements reporting the problem e Increase the ISL link speed between the fabric elements reporting the problem from 1 Gbps to 2 or 4 Gbps e Reroute Fibre Channel traffic by moving device connections to a less congested region of the fabric Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 22 Event code 150 indicates a fabric merge process failed during ISL initialization An incompatible zone set was detected or a problem occurred during delivery of a zone merge frame This event code always precedes event code 070 and represents the reply of an adjacent fabric element in response to a zone merge frame Obtain supplementary event data as follows a At the Event Log examine the first 12 bytes 0 through 11 of event data b Bytes 0 specifies the E_Port reporting the problem Bytes 8 through 11 specify the failure reason as listed in Table 20 Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 149 Table 20 Fabric merge failure reasons and actions
138. d in step 2 to input a new IP address then press ENTER A Save Change Yes Save message appears Press ENTER The LAN 1 IP address changes and the default subnet mask of 255 0 0 0 appears Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new subnet mask then press ENTER A Save Change Yes Save message appears Press ENTER A Wait a moment message appears at the LCD panel the panel returns to the LAN 1 Setting message and the LAN 1 subnet mask changes Record the public LAN IP address and subnet mask for reference if the server hard drive fails and must be restored 52 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Task 7 Configure management server information Follow the procedure in this section to configure a server computer name and workgroup name from the Windows operating system using a LAN attached PC with standard web browser If required change the server s gateway addresses and domain name system DNS server IP addresses to conform to the customer s LAN addressing scheme The gateway addresses are the addresses of the local router for the corporate intranet Access the management server desktop To login and access the server desktop use the following steps 1 Ensure that the management server and a browser capable PC are connected through an Ethernet LAN At the PC launch the browser application Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer Enter the LAN 2 IP address of the server followed by
139. d option to specify that an alert occur when the utilization is reached The valid range is 1 to the interval set in the step number 8 b Select If the threshold is exceeded for option and type the cumulative minutes for which the utilization should exist during the notification interval before an alert is generated Select Port List and use the E Port F Port or Selected Port option to generate an alert for the configured ports To select all port numbers in the Selected Port table click the Set All button Select the Port Type or Port List radio button e Select the Port Type radio button then the E_Ports F_Ports or FL_Ports radio button to cause an alert to be generated for the configured port e Select Port List to configure individual ports by clicking the check box adjacent to each port number Select Set All Ports to place a check mark adjacent to all port numbers Click OK This closes the window The new alert is listed in the Configure Threshold Alerts window Click OK after selecting the new alert Enable EFCM Basic Edition and Telnet access Follow the procedure in this section to enable EFCM Basic Edition interface and Telnet access through the maintenance port To enable EFCM Basic Edition interface and Telnet access through the maintenance port using the Element Manager use the following steps 1 Select Authentication from the Security menu Security gt Authentication The Configure Authentication wind
140. d reloads the firmware from FLASH memory Chapter 4 Repair information 155 e Ethernet LAN interface causing the connection to the browser PC or management server to drop momentarily until the connection automatically recovers e Ports causing all Fibre Channel connections to drop momentarily until the connections automatically recover This causes attached devices to log out and log back in therefore data frames lost during switch reset must be retransmitted IML To IML the switch use the following steps 1 Press and hold the RESET button about three seconds until the amber ERR LED blinks at twice the unit beaconing rate 2 Release the button During the IML the switch to browser PC or management server Ethernet link drops momentarily Reset To reset the switch use the following steps 1 Press and hold the RESET button for ten seconds The amber ERR LED blinks at twice the unit beaconing rate on holding the button for three seconds The ERR LED stops blinking and all front panel LEDs illuminate on holding the button for ten seconds 2 Release the button to reset the switch During the reset The green PWR LED on the switch front panel illuminates The amber ERR LED on the switch front panel blinks momentarily while the switch is tested The green LED associated with the Ethernet port blinks momentarily while the port is tested Green and amber LEDs associated with Fibre Channel ports
141. d solder To avoid the release of lead Pb into the environment do not burn Discard the circuit card as instructed by local regulations C014 CAUTION Ensure the building power circuit breakers are turned off BEFORE you connect the power cord s to the building power C023 CAUTION This assembly contains mechanical moving parts Use care when servicing this assembly C025 CAUTION Servicing of this product or unit is to be performed by trained service personnel only C032 An attention notice indicates the possibility of damage to a program device or system or to data An exclamation point symbol may accompany an attention notice but is not required A sample attention notice follows ATTENTION Do not bend a fibre cable to a radius less than 5 cm 2 in you can damage the cable Tie wraps are not recommended for optical cables because they can be easily overtightened causing damage to the cable xxii SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Laser safety Class I Class I This equipment contains Class 1 laser products and complies with FDA radiation Performance Standards 21 CFR Subchapter J and the international laser safety standard IEC 60825 CAUTION This product may contain one or more of the following CD ROM DVD ROM DVD RAM or laser module which are Class 1 laser products Please note the following e Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser p
142. damage Ensure that the packaged items correspond to items listed on the enclosed bill of materials If any items are damaged or missing within the United States and Canada contact the IBM Quality Hotline toll free 1 800 442 6773 or direct dial in other locations 770 858 8459 20 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Desktop installation To install and configure up to three Ethernet hubs on a desktop 1 Remove the backing from the four adhesive rubber pads and apply the pads to the underside of each hub Ensure that the pads are aligned with the scribed circles at each corner 2 Position the first hub on a table or desktop as directed by the customer Stack the remaining hubs on top of the first hub Ensure that the adhesive rubber pads on the underside of a hub align with the recesses on the top of the hub below 3 Daisy chain connect the hubs a Connect the top and middle stacked hubs Connect an RJ 45 patch cable to port 24 of the top hub then connect the cable to port 12 of the middle hub b Connect the bottom and middle stacked hubs Connect a second RJ 45 patch cable to port 24 of the middle hub then connect the cable to port 12 of the bottom hub c Usea pointed instrument Figure 8 1 and 2 to set the medium dependent interface MDI switch on the top and middle hubs to MDI in As shown in Figure 8 3 set the MDI switch on the bottom hub to MDIX out NOTE To connect two hubs use middle and bott
143. des dynamic load balancing of Fibre Channel traffic across multiple ISLs To install the optional features using Element Manager of the switch use the following steps 1 Select Features from the Configure menu Configure gt Features The Configure Feature Key dialog box appears 2 Click New The New Feature Key dialog box appears Figure 32 Key OK Cancel i24M1171 New Feature Key dialog box 3 Type the PFE key case sensitive xxxx xxxx xxxx xx format and click OK The Enable Feature Key dialog box appears 4 Ensure that the feature description appears in the New Features panel and click OK A Warning dialog box appears with the message Installing this feature key causes an IPL and momentary loss of the LAN connection The operation is nondisruptive to Fibre Channel traffic Do you wish to continue 5 Click Yes to enable the PFE key and IPL the product Close all dialog boxes and return to the Element Manager application Chapter 2 Installation tasks 69 Task 16 Configure management server optional Follow the procedures in this section to configure the open systems management server OSMS and enable OSI host control of the product e Open systems management server Implementing and enabling OSI host control of the product requires installation of a SAN management application on the OSI server Applications include Veritas SANPoint Control or Tivoli NetView e FICON management server Implementing and
144. e SAN32M 2 switch will be referred to throughout the rest of the manual as the SAN32M 2 or simply the switch This chapter describes e The switch including customer replaceable units CRUs controls connectors indicators and specifications e Maintenance approach e Switch management e Error detection reporting and serviceability features e Tools and test equipment The switch provides Fibre Channel connectivity through generic mixed ports GX_Ports Ports operate at 1 0625 2 1250 or 4 2500 gigabits per second Gbps and can be configured as e Fabric ports F_Ports to provide direct connectivity for switched fabric devices e Expansion ports E_Ports to provide interswitch link ISL connectivity to fabric directors and switches e Fabric loop ports FL_Ports to provide connectivity and fabric attachment for Fibre Channel arbitrated loop FC AL devices The switch is installed on a table or desktop or mounted in a standard 19 inch equipment rack Operators with a browser capable PC and Internet connectivity can manage the switch through a firmware resident Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager EFCM Basic Edition interface The interface manages only a single switch and provides a graphical user interface GUI that supports configuration statistics monitoring operation and maintenance The interface is opened from a web browser running Netscape Navigator 4 6 or higher or Microsoft Internet Ex
145. e Version dialog box appears Select the desired firmware version file downloaded to the management server hard drive Ensure that the correct filename appears in the File name field and click Save The New Firmware Description dialog box appears SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 4 Enter a description up to 24 characters for the new firmware version The description should include the installation date and text that uniquely identifies the firmware version Click OK A File Transfer message box appears A progress bar travels across the message box to show percent completion Upon completion the File Transfer message box converts to a Transfer Complete message box indicating the new firmware version is stored on the management server hard drive Click Close to close the message box The new firmware version and associated description appear in the Firmware Library dialog box 5 Click Close to close the dialog box 6 Tosend the firmware version refer to Download firmware version Download firmware version To download a firmware version using Element Manager use the following steps 1 Before downloading firmware version XX YY ZZ ensure version XX YY ZZ or higher of the SAN management application is running on the server a Select the About option from the Help menu The About dialog box appears the SAN management application version Click Close to close the dialog box b If required install the correct
146. e count of log entries wrapping or non wrapping e Date Time The date and time the change occurred e Description The description of the zoning or fabric change e Data Supplementary information if available in text format NOTE Identical entries are recorded in the wrapping and non wrapping logs When the non wrapping log fills old records are overwritten The wrapping log preserves all records The Embedded Port Frame Log records all Fibre Channel frames transmitted through the product s embedded port including Class F traffic fabric logins state change notifications and exception frames The information is useful for Fibre Channel frame debugging usually performed by second level support The following information can be obtained from the embedded port frame logs e Count The cumulative count of log entries wrapping or non wrapping Chapter 4 Repair information 163 e Date Time The date and time frame that were transmitted through the embedded port e Port The Fibre Channel port number decimal transmitting frame through the embedded port e Direction Fibre Channel frame direction incoming I or outgoing O e SOF The start of frame character hexadecimal e EOF The end of frame character hexadecimal e Payload Size The size of frame payload in bytes All logs This lists down all the logs that were generated from the last time that the logs were cleared The logs are clas
147. e green power PWR LED on the front panel illuminates b The amber system error ERR LED on the front panel blinks momentarily while the switch is tested c The green LED associated with the Ethernet port blinks momentarily while the port is tested d LEDs associated with Fibre Channel ports blink momentarily while the ports are tested After successful POST completion the PWR LED remains illuminated and all other front panel LEDs extinguish If a POST error or other malfunction occurs go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem 6 Perform one of the following If the switch is to be managed through the EFCM Basic Edition interface go to Task 4 Configure product using EFCM Basic optional If the switch is to be managed through a management or customer supplied server go to Task 5 Configure product network information optional Rack mount installation Perform the following steps to install and configure the switch in an equipment cabinet or a customer supplied equipment rack An optional rack mount kit T10 Torx tool and 2 Phillips screwdriver are required Chapter 2 Installation tasks 25 26 Locate the rack mount position as directed by the customer Ensure that all CRUs are installed as ordered Open the rack mount kit and inspect the contents Refer to the enclosed bill of materials and ensure that all parts are delivered Using a T10 Torx tool and 2 Phillips screwdriver install the
148. e la informacion TI que reciclen responsablemente sus equipos cuando stos ya no les sean tiles IBM dispone de una serie de programas y servicios de devoluci n de productos en varios paises a fin de ayudar a los propietarios de equipos a reciclar sus productos de TI Se puede encontrar informaci n sobre las ofertas de reciclado de productos de IBM en el sitio web de IBM http www ibm com ibm environment products prp shtml Note This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU and Norway Appliances are labeled in accordance with European Directive 2002 96 EC concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive 3B COV TIK EU BBE KV LYVI ICBUCTOABAENET OMA ICI EU RHIC TS 5 REE ET Be ae da 7 2002 96 EC WEEE FV ASAE UT WET TORRI EU RECEA T SHARK BOMIM EVA INO FEED TY EP ZOFRAN EMAAR RICHER Eo THMERUBE TARVER HAZILILE Kee SE OIC OM MICH SW TWET Remarque Cette marque s applique uniquement aux pays de l Union Europ enne et a la Norv ge xxiv L tiquette du syst me respecte la Directive europ
149. e on the metal shell If any of the conditions are not as described STOP Ensure the improper voltage or impedance conditions are corrected before proceeding D003 AN DANGER An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage on metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the outlet is correctly wired and grounded to prevent an electrical shock D004 A comprehensive danger notice provides instructions on how to avoid shock hazards when servicing equipment Unless instructed otherwise follow the procedures in the following danger notice xviii SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Labels DANGER Electrical voltage and current from power telephone and communication cables are hazardous To avoid a shock hazard Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm e Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet Ensure outlet supplies proper voltage and phase rotation according to the system rating plate e Connect any equipment that will be attached to this product to properly wired outlets e When possible use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables e Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage e Disconnect the
150. ears Figure 33 Director Clock Alert Mode Programmed offline state control 3 Min v Activate Cancel Help i24M1185 Configure FICON Management Server dialog box a Select check the Switch Clock Alert Mode field to enable the parameter When enabled a warning message appears if the product is set to periodically synchronize date and time with the management server This process may conflict with the date and time set from the attached FICON host b Select check the Host Control Prohibited field to enable the parameter When enabled this option prohibits FICON host control of the product Chapter 2 Installation tasks 71 c Select check the Programmed offline state control field to enable the parameter When enabled this option allows an attached FICON host to set the product online or offline d Select from the Missing Interrupt Handler Timeout MIHPTO drop down list to select a value Available selections range from 15 seconds to 10 minutes The MIHPTO value is the response time a host allows from a product before timing out the FICON link Large fabrics require a large value e Click Activate to enable changes and close the dialog box 4 Click Zoning The Configure FICON Management Server Zoning dialog box appears Figure 34 Enable Zoning FICON Management Server must be enabled _ Exempt Hosts On Onset Wan i24M1186 Activate Cancel Figure 34 Configure FICON Management Server Z
151. echnology attachment ATA 100 integrated drive electronics interface operating at 7 200 rpm 1 44 MB 3 5 inch slim type disk drive 48X read speed slim type CD RW and 32X read speed DVD combination drive data only 56K PCI internal data and fax modem using the V 92 dial up specification Video graphics array VGA capable 32 MB graphics card NIC with two 10 100 Mbps Ethernet adapters using RJ 45 connectors The management server and managed switches connect through a 10 100 Base T Ethernet hub Figure 3 illustrates the 24 port hub i140M006 24 Port Ethernet hub Hubs can be daisy chained to provide additional connections as more switches or other IBM managed products are installed on a network Multiple hubs are daisy chained by attaching RJ 45 Ethernet patch cables and configuring each hub through a medium dependent interface MDI switch Chapter 1 General information 11 Error detection reporting and serviceability features The switch provides the following error detection reporting and serviceability features LEDs on switch CRUs and adjacent to Fibre Channel ports that provide visual indicators of hardware status or malfunctions Redundant CRUs and FRUs SFP transceivers and integrated cooling fan and power supply assemblies that are removed or replaced without disrupting switch or Fibre Channel link operation A modular design that enables quick removal and replacement of CRUs without the use of
152. ectrostatic discharge ESD precautions and DANGER CAUTION and ATTENTION statements Read the procedure thoroughly to familiarize yourself with the information before performing a procedure To power on the switch use the following steps 1 Ensure that the correct power cords are available One alternating current AC power cord is required for each power supply 153 AN DANGER Overloading a branch circuit is potentially a fire hazard and a shock hazard under certain conditions To avoid these hazards ensure that your system electrical requirements do not exceed branch circuit protection requirements Refer to the information that is provided with your device or the power rating label for electrical specifications D002 2 Plug power cords into facility power sources and AC connectors at the rear of the switch When the first power cord is connected the switch powers on and performs power on self tests POSTs NOTE For high availability plug the power cords into separate facility power circuits During POSTS The green PWR LED on the switch front panel illuminates The amber ERR LED on the switch front panel blinks momentarily as the switch is tested The green LED associated with the Ethernet port blinks momentarily as the port is tested The blue green and amber LEDs associated with Fibre Channel ports blink momentarily as the ports are tested The PWR LED remains illuminated a
153. ed secure and unsecure communications are acceptable however unsecure communications are directed to an encrypted API connection An SSL session key not part of the digital certificate is valid only during the SSL connection and is renegotiated as per the value entered The Renegotiate After value defines the amount of data in MB that may be transmitted over the connection before triggering the regeneration of a new SSL session key 40 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual To configure SSL encryption use the following steps 1 Select SSL from the Configure menu Configure gt SSL The SSL view appears Figure 20 2 Do one of the following e Click Enable to activate web SSL e Click Disable to deactivate web SSL 3 Do one of the following e Click Enable to activate software SSL e Click Disable to deactivate software SSL Configure gt SSL Web SSL Disatled Disable Software SSL Disatled Disable Current Certificate Details ertificate he certificate is set to the factory default not gererated DS he fingerprint is not available no certificate SHA 1 The fingerprint is not available no certificate New Certificate Expires n 265 _ Day Renegotiate after fo MB i24M1144 Figure 20 SSL View 4 Type a value between 30 and 3650 in the Expires in field to define the expiration period in days of the digital certificate The default is 365 days
154. ed a threshold This does not indicate a CTP card failure it indicates a problem with the Ethernet cable hub or device on the same Ethernet segment Event data counters are represented in hexadecimal format with the least significant byte first Action Verify the Ethernet cable hub and other devices are properly connected and operational Event Data Bytes 0 3 sum of all receive errors total_recv_error Bytes 4 7 frame count where received frame had from 1 to 7 bits after last received full byte dribble_bits_cnt CRC error counter updated but frame not processed Bytes 8 11 frame count where received frame had bad CRC CRC_error_cnt Frame not processed Bytes 12 15 frame count received with less than 64 bytes runt_cnt Broadcast frames count but do not contribute to threshold Frame not processed Bytes 16 19 frame count received with more than 1518 bytes extra_data_cnt Broadcast frames count but do not contribute to threshold Frame not processed Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event Code 432 Message Ethernet adapter reset Severity Minor Explanation The active CTP card Ethernet adapter was reset in response to an internally detected error A card failure is not indicated The director to management server connection terminates but automa
155. ed and yellow diamond appears if the port fails The Element Manager application provides access to port statistics information through the Performance view To open the Performance view click the Performance tab Bar graphs at the top of the view display instantaneous transmit or receive activity level for each port The relative value displayed is the greater of the transmit or receive activity Each graph has 20 green bar level indicators corresponding to 5 of maximum port throughput If any activity is detected at least one green bar appears A red indicator on each bar graph high water mark remains at the highest level reached since the port was set online In addition the following statistical information appears Chapter 4 Repair information 191 192 Table 27 Statistical Information in Performance View Statistics Class Description Class 2 Number of 4 byte words transmitted and received e Class 2 frames transmitted received busied or rejected Class 3 Number of 4 byte words transmitted and received Class 3 frames transmitted received busied or rejected Error Number of e Link Failures e Synchronization and signal losses e Discarded frames e Invalid transmission words e CRC Delimiter e Address identification errors Short frames Operational Number of Offline Sequences e Link resets transmitted and received Traffic e Port transmit and receive value for frames e Four byte words received
156. eded a threshold value Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Event code 083 Message Port set to inactive state Severity Informational Explanation A hardware or software problem prevented the port from coming online and set the port to an inactive state Refer to event data for the inactive reason Action Action depends on inactive reason specified 246 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the port number The second byte byte 1 specifies the inactive reason code as follows 2 Feature key not enabled The optional flexport PFE key is not enabled 3 Switch speed conflict The port cannot operated at the configured product backplane or CTP Card speed 4 Optics speed conflict The port transceiver does not support the configured port speed 5 No SBAR A serial crossbar SBAR is not installed Not applicable to IBM 2026 type switches 6 Port swap conflict The port swap configuration is invalid Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Event Code 084 Message Continuous Incident D
157. eeseeeeeeseseneneeees 212 SFP optical transceiver removal and replacement ccccseeeeeeetees 218 Redundant power supply removal and replacement ccceeeeeees 221 Front accessible SEPS c cccccscccsssccsssecscessscessecessesseeecseceseecsseeeaseceseeeseeeeaeens 226 Rear accessible FRU S ss ascii 8 event aeania ae aha aie ee has 227 Power cords and receptacles ccscscscccescseesesesestenseseseeseesescecesesesesnenenesees 229 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Tables WO ANDUTUHPWNEFH Copyright IBM Corp 2006 IBM products and SAN management documentation E OS xiv Factory set defaults product c ccccccscsseessesetetescecesesesesnsnsneseecenesssssnanenens 17 Installation task summary 00 0 cece ee eseseseeseeseseeesesessseseseseseseseeeeees 18 Operational states and symbols 0 0 eseeeeneseseseeteseseecenesescsnananenees 66 Factory set defaults niise on a i 99 MAP Summary cae aa E a Rea a E Ea aiaa RNE 99 Event codes versus maintenance action c cccccessesecsecssessecsseesseeeseeeeeeees 100 MAP 100 event codes ccccccccesssessscescecssceesscessecssseesseceesecssecaeceseecssesesseesees 109 MAP 200 Event Codes s c0a ics dssasicsdetesineite sunset a oom a 111 MAP 200 Byte 0 CRU Codes nispi poganie E ai 112 MAP 300 efror Messages siamea e See eho el a E aa 116 MAP 400 event codes cccceccccccsscsssecsscessecessecsseceseecsssecaecesesesaeceseecsesesaeesees 124
158. eived Primitive sequence timeout Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Refer to MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis for corrective actions Chapter 4 Repair information 161 Audit Log The audit log displays a history of all configuration changes applied to the product from any source such as Element Manager SNMP management stations or host The following information can be obtained from the audit logs Date Time The date and time of the change on the product Source Identifies the method employed by the user to make the changes Maintenance Port HTTP Application Interface SNMP Fabric Embedded Web Server Fibre Channel Host or Telnet Action User action that caused the configuration change such as offline status port name change or change of address User ID The IP address of the user causing the log Security Log The security log displays security information The following information can be obtained from the security logs Reason The reason code for the event Date and Time The date and time that the event occurred The format is yyyy mm dd hh mm ss tt The last two characters hundredth of seconds are needed due to possible higher frequency rate of some of the advanced logs Trigger level The severity level of the event Informational Warning or Fatal Count The number of times that the same event occurred Category The category of the security eve
159. elect AM or PM e Click Apply Record date and time information for reference if the server hard drive fails and must be restored 6 Close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop Task 10 Configure the call home feature optional The management server has an optional call home feature that provides automatic dial out through the internal modem to a service support facility to report switch problems The problem is logged into the support facility s tracking system for resolution To configure the call home feature use the following steps 1 Ensure that a telephone cable is routed and connected to the LINE jack at the rear of the management server connected while performing Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses There are two jacks on the server internal modem one for the call home connection LINE and the other for a telephone PHONE 2 Double click the Call Home Configuration icon on your Windows desktop The Call Home Configuration dialog box appears Chapter 2 Installation tasks 61 3 Type the telephone number of IBM support in the Call Center Phone Number field Include necessary information such as the country code area code or any prefix required to access a telephone line outside the facility Type the telephone number for access to the local server in the Local Phone Number field Include necessary information such as the country code or area code Click OK to save the c
160. elp i16M2019 Swap Ports dialog box 4 Click Next Beaconing is enabled for both ports and both ports are blocked Swap the port fiber optic cables as directed by the customer s system administrator 5 Click Next The Instructions section of the dialog box indicates the port swap operation is complete and beaconing is disabled Clear each Unblock check box to unblock the ports then click Finish Chapter 4 Repair information 199 6 Ensure that the customer s system administrator varies any attached host online and sets any attached device online 7 Back up the product configuration data Refer to Back up configuration for instructions Collect maintenance data Perform this procedure after a firmware fault or FRU failure to capture data for analysis by support personnel Maintenance data includes the dump file and engineering logs When firmware detects a critical error the product automatically copies the contents of DRAM to a dump area in FLASH memory on the CTP card NOTE An optional full volatility feature is often required at military sites that process classified data If the feature is enabled through a PFE key a memory dump file that may include classified Fibre Channel frames is not included as part of the data collection procedure To collect maintenance data using Element Manager use the following steps 1 Select Data Collection from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Data Collection The
161. enable transmission of SNMP trap messages to recipients Type a community name for each configured recipient less than 32 alphanumeric characters in the Name field The name is incorporated in SNMP trap messages to prevent unauthorized viewing Check the box in the Write Auth column if you want to enable write authorization for the trap recipient default is disabled When enabled a configured user can change sysContact sysName and sysLocation SNMP variables Type the IP address or DNS host name of the trap recipient SNMP management workstation in the Trap Recipient field It is recommended that the IP address be used Type a decimal port number in the UDP Port Number field to specify the UDP port number 38 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 2 Click OK to save and activate changes Enable CLI Follow the procedure in this section to toggle enable or disable the state of the product s command line interface CLI To change the CLI state use the following steps 1 Select CLI from the Configure menu The CLI view appears Figure 18 Configure gt CLI CLI Enabled Disab SS ae OK Cancel M Use SSH Reset SSH Keys i24M1137 Figure 18 CLI View 2 Perform one of the following e Click Enable to activate the CLI e Click Disable to deactivate the CLI 3 Click check the Use SSH check box to enable secure shell SSH protocol The protocol controls CLI access to
162. enabling FICON host control of the product requires installation of the IBM System Automation for OS 390 SA OS 390 or z OS operating system In addition the FICON management server PFE key must be installed Refer to Task 15 Configure PFE key optional for instructions OSMS To configure the open systems management server use the following steps Sp 1 Select Open Systems Management Server from the Configure menu Configure gt OSMS Two submenu options appears e Enable OSMS e Host Control Prohibited 2 Select check Enable OSMS to enable OSMS Check the box to enable the server 3 Select check Host Control prohibited to prohibit a host management program from changing configuration and connectivity parameters on the product The host program has read only access to configuration and connectivity parameters 70 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual FMS Figure 33 To configure the FICON management server using Element Manager use the following steps 1 Code Page United States Canada 00037 v Missing Interrupt Handler Timeout MIHPTO Host Control Prohibited Select FICON Management Server from the Configure menu Configure gt FICON Management Server Three submenu options appear e Enable FMS e Parameters e Zoning Enable or disable FMS by selecting the Enable FMS option Check the box to enable the server Click Parameters The Configure FICON Management Server dialog box app
163. eneees 230 xi xii SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual About this book This publication is part of a documentation suite that supports the IBM TotalStorage SAN32M 2 switch Who should use this manual Use this publication if you are a trained installation and service representative experienced with the switch storage area network SAN technology and Fibre Channel technology The IBM TotalStorage SAN32M 2 switch contains no customer serviceable parts that require internal access to the product during normal operation or prescribed maintenance conditions In addition refer to this manual for instructions prior to performing any maintenance action Related publications Other publications that provide additional information about the switch include IBM TotalStorage Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual GC26 7675 EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 620 000170 SANavigator Software Release 4 2 User Manual 621 000013 EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 E OS Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000134 IBM TotalStorage SANC40M Cabinet Installation and Service Manual GC26 7746 IBM Systems Safety Notices G229 9054 Copyright IBM Corp 2006 xiii IBM and McDATA publications Some of the documentation that is applicable to IBM TotalStorage products is provided by McDATA Corporation The documents often are identified by a McDATA product name th
164. eps 1 Set the switch offline For instructions refer to Set online state 2 Select Reset Configuration from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Reset Configuration The Reset Configuration dialog box appears Figure 63 A This operation will reset all switch configuration data and non volatile settings to factory default values All optional features will also be disabled The switch must be offline to continue Reset Cancel Help i16M2024 Figure 63 Reset Configuration dialog box 3 Click Reset to initiate the reset operation and close the dialog box The switch IP address resets to the default address of 10 1 1 10 If the configured IP address prior to reset was the same as the default address the switch to management server Ethernet link is not affected and the procedure is complete If the configured IP address prior to reset was not the same as the default address the switch to management server Ethernet link drops and server communication is lost Continue to the next step 4 To change the switch IP address and restart the management server session go to step 5 Restart the management server session using the default IP address of 10 1 1 10 a Close the Element Manager application and return to the SAN management application b A grey square with a yellow exclamation mark appears adjacent to the icon representing the reset switch indicating switch is not communicating with the managemen
165. er b Place a protective cap over the jumper cable connector The optical transceiver has a wire locking bale to secure the transceiver in the port receptacle and to assist in removal The bale rotates up or down depending on transceiver manufacturer and port location top or bottom row a Disengage the locking mechanism by rotating the wire bale up or down 90 degrees as shown in part 1 of Figure 67 b Grasp the wire bale and pull the transceiver from the port receptacle as shown in part 2 of Figure 67 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement procedures 217 i12M1080 Figure 67 SFP optical transceiver removal and replacement 8 Inspect the Event Log Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface select Event from the Logs menu At the management server Element Manager application select Event Log from the Logs menu An event code 513 SFP optics hot removal completed appears in the Event Log Replacement To replace an SFP optical transceiver 1 Ensure an ESD grounding cable is connected to the product chassis or approved bench ground and your wrist 2 Remove the replacement transceiver from its packaging 218 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Insert the transceiver into the port receptacle then engage the locking mechanism by rotating the wire bale up or down 90 degrees as shown in Figure 67 Perform an external loopback test Refer to External loopback test EF
166. er is present when the container is opened 2 Unpack shipping container s and inspect each item for damage Ensure that the packaged items correspond to the items listed on the enclosed bill of materials 3 If any items are damaged or missing contact the IBM Quality Hotline toll free at 1 800 442 6773 within the United States and Canada In other locations direct dial 770 858 8459 Desktop installation To install a switch on a desktop 1 Remove the backing from the four adhesive rubber pads and apply the pads to the underside of the switch Ensure that the pads are aligned with the scribed circles at each corner 2 Position the switch on a table or desktop as directed by the customer Ensure that Grounded AC electrical outlets are available Adequate ventilation is present and areas with excessive heat dust or moisture are avoided 24 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual All planning considerations are met Refer to IBM TotalStorage Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual GC26 7675 for information 3 Ensure that all customer replaceable units CRUs are installed as ordered 4 Connect both AC power cords to receptacles at the rear of the chassis 5 Connect AC power cords to separate for redundancy facility power sources that provide single phase 100 to 240 volt alternating current VAC current The switch powers on and performs power on self tests POSTs During POSTs a Th
167. erational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 6 A loopback wrap plug is connected to the port with no diagnostic running Remove the plug from the port receptacle If directed by the customer connect a fiber optic jumper cable attaching a device to the product e If the port is operational with no device attached both LEDs adjacent to the port extinguish and the port state is No Light e Ifthe port is operational with a device attached the green LED illuminates the amber LED extinguishes and the port state is Online Was the maintenance action successful NO YES The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 7 An ISL connection is not allowed because E_Port capability is disabled Install the full fabric PFE key to enable E_port capability Refer to Install PFE keys optional EFCM Basic Edition or Task 15 Configure PFE key optional Element Manager Exit MAP 8 The connection timed out because of an unresponsive device or an ISL security violation authorization failure reject Check port status and clean fiber optic components a Inform the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets attached devices offline Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 131 b Block the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port Element Manager
168. ermal sensor events 800 through 899 ccsccseceeeeeteneeee 283 NOCES ineei ca cca n a raa alized A AE RS 289 Trademarks i i enoront teans eoe to Gk iaa a enar ad hec iaa iiaa ahaa inaa 291 Electronic EMISSION NOTICES ceececeeeeceseeeeceeesccesecetsecetseeereees 291 Federal Communications Commission FCC Class A State mentere narina ea er e O a a aTeo A 291 Industry Canada Class A Emission Compliance Statement vi SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 292 Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada 292 HL EA IENE A ES Beat aration Peso E S 292 Germany Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 293 People s Republic of China Class A Electronic Emission State MEN oaia a a tase sioaesvetacn cues toetontsenen tense suede sheds 293 Korean Class A Electronic Emission Statement 004 294 Contents vii viii SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figures WO ANDUTUFPWNFH Copyright IBM Corp 2006 SANM a front VIEW fesse desessies sedveneeetvorh nedvtboresctinsreleeshesil aaia 3 SANMA rear View eginean a RRA Aar ENS ANERE AA AN 3 24 Port Ethernet Hub creron aneen diea a E EEAS 11 Door key meea aaa eenaa a a oaa eae o sale E EEA TA E ERER ESA i 14 Loopback Plug cisesdsimi erenn unana naan 14 Fiber optic protective plug nsista arinaa 14 Null moder Cable semenemereni annee testes onesies Ea 15 Patch cable and MDI selector configuration ss sssssessssesersissssestsss
169. ernet cable hub or device on the same Ethernet segment Event data counters are represented in hexadecimal format with the least significant byte first Action Verify the Ethernet cable hub and other devices are properly connected and operational Event Data Bytes 0 3 sum of all transmit errors total_xmit_error Bytes 4 7 frame count where Ethernet adapter does not detect carrier sense at preamble end loss_of_CRSs_cnt Bytes 8 11 frame count where Ethernet adapter does not detect a collision within 64 bit times at transmission end SQE_error_cnt Bytes 12 15 frame count where Ethernet adapter detects a collision more than 512 bit times after first preamble bit out_of_window_cnt Frame not transmitted Bytes 16 19 frame count where transmission is more than 26 ms jabber_cnt Frame not transmitted Bytes 20 23 frame count where Ethernet adapter encounters 16 collisions while attempting to transmit a frame 16coll_cnt Frame not transmitted 268 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event Code 431 Message Excessive Ethernet receive errors Severity Informational Explanation Receive error counters for the active CTP card Ethernet adapter sum of all counters exceed
170. est SW_ILS command codes Bytes 8 31 Request response payloads Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv 252 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 151 Message Fabric configuration failure Severity Informational Explanation A fabric wide configuration activation process failed An event code 151 is recorded only by the managing switch in the fabric The event code is intended to help engineering support personnel fault isolate a fabric wide configuration failures Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Event data are mapped from the software implementation of the FC SW2 protocol and are typically complicated Decoding the event data requires engineering support Event data are as follows Bytes 0 3 Managing switch domain ID in internal format 1 31 Bytes 4 7 Fabric configuration operation that failed Bytes 8 11 Fabric configuration step that failed Bytes 12 15 Managed switch domain ID in internal format 1 31 Bytes 16 19 Response command code received from the managed switch Bytes 20 23 Response code received from the managed switch Bytes 24 27 Reason code received from the managed switch Bytes 28 31 Error code received from the managed switch Dis
171. ested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in 291 a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense IBM is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Industry Canada Class A Emission Compliance Statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conform a la norme NMB 003 du Canada European Union EU Electromagnetic Compatibility Dire
172. etection and Reporting threshold was exceeded for the port Severity Informational Explanation CIDR threshold value exceeded for one of the following incidents Unroutable Frames Incident Port has received unroutable frames Routable Good Frames Incident Port has received frames with embedded port as destination e Invalid Transmission words Incident Port has received invalid transmission words The CIDR reason code is indicated in the event data Action Helps in identifying the misbehaving device so that it could be corrected fixed Event Data See Event 84 Data table below Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Y Y Event 84 Data Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Word 0 Port Number Word 1 CIDR Reason Code See Event 84 CIDR Event Reason Code table below Word 2 CIDR Event Type See Event 84 CIDR Event Type table below Appendix A Event code tables 247 Event 84 CIDR Reason Code Code Type Description OxFFO01 Unroutable Frames Incident Port has received unroutable frames 0xFF02 Good Frames Incident Port has received frames with embedded port as destination 0xFF03 Invalid Transmission Words Port has received invalid transmission words Incident Event 84 CIDR Event Type Code Type Description 0x01 Short Event Incident was repeated several times in the past five minutes 0x02 Medi
173. evice is powered off Inactive On Off Yellow Triangle Port is inactive Reason appears at Port List View or Port Properties dialog box Not Off Off None Optical transceiver not installed in the port Installed Not Off Off Yellow Triangle Port is receiving the not operational sequence NOS from Operational attached device Chapter 4 Repair information 159 Table 21 Port operational states Continued Port Green Amber Alert ar state LED LED symbol peeenpeen Port Failure Off On Red and Yellow Port failed and requires service Blinking Diamond Segmented On Off Yellow Triangle E_Port segmented preventing connected switches from E Port forming a fabric Reason appears as supplementary data in the Event Log Testing Off Blinking Yellow Triangle Port is performing an internal loopback test On Blinking Yellow Triangle Port is performing an external loopback test Repair procedures EFCM Basic Edition The following procedures performed at a PC communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface are described e Obtain log information on page 160 e Perform port Diagnostics on page 165 e Collect maintenance data on page 172 e Set online state on page 174 e Block or unblock a port on page 175 e Upgrade firmware on page 176 e Manage configuration data on page 178 Obtain log information The EFCM Basic Edition interface provides access to logs that contain maintenance info
174. ew The Event Log displays Element Manager Select Event Log from the Logs menu at any view The Event Log displays b Record the event code and associated date time and severity Informational Minor Major or Severe c If multiple event codes are found record all codes and severity levels Record the date time and sequence and determine if all codes are related to the reported problem Begin fault isolation with the most recent event code with the highest severity level Other codes may accompany this event code or may indicate a normal indication after a problem is recovered Were one or more event codes found NO YES Al Go to Table 7 to obtain event codes Exit MAP Return to step 1 and perform fault isolation again If this is the second time at this step perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual MAP 0100 Power distribution analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for the product power distribution system including defective AC power cords or redundant power supplies One or more of the following indicate a failure e Failure of the product to power on e Event code 200 or 201 observed at the Event Log EFCM Basic Edition or Element Manager interface 1 Ensure the product is connected to facility power Inspect the product
175. ew esns resistia ain ES R E RRR 173 SWA VIEW ronn Aea e E E ee E e E AET csilae 174 Basic Information View sinies naaa a ar a a a i 175 Firmware Upgrade View sostitols hetesen ir a Easier aR tastes 177 Backup Configuration View ssssssssississssssssiesissesssesresnentessesnesnenreeressesnenne 178 Restore Configuration View s ssesssssssssessesiesisseissesresissteseesnententessnsneseente 179 Port ist VIEW sesh eis oii ee eae Ra 191 Port Properties dialog DOX nnani s Ge eaa Ee Tsaa e aani 194 Port Technology dialog DOX s ss sssssssssssssssessssisstsstssrisnesssntessesnesntnensessesnenn 195 Port Diagnostics dialog DOX ccccccsceccccseesescscseseeseecsssesnesecssessnsnesecees 196 Swap Ports dialog POX si icti deceit ine ea i a a Eae oit 199 Save Data Collection dialog DOX sesssssssssssssssstssssestessesstenterstesttesneentenss 200 Set Online State dialog DOX sn sssssssssssssstsssissttssssertessstrstsnserttssneestenterstsn tt 202 Firmware Library dialog DOX s ssssssssssssssssssssisssisesssessesessesnesnsnnennessesseene 204 Backup and Restore Configuration dialog DOX cccccseccescneteesestetesees 207 Reset Configuration dialog DOX cccccccceesceteteeseseeneteseeceesesesesneeneeeeees 208 Discover Setup dialog DOX occ eeeeeececeeesecenececeseseneteseneeenes 209 Address Properties dialog DOX c ceccccscceesesestensteseseeneneteececesesesesnsnenenees 209 InstallShield Wizard dialog DOX ccc cece eee ee eseeeseeeet
176. f those products If you are viewing this information in softcopy the photographs and color illustrations may not appear SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both IBM ESCON eServer FICON McDATA EFC Manager EFCM Eclipse OPENready SANpilot EFCM Basic SANvergence SANtegrity Enterprise Operating System E OS E OSi and E OSn are trademarks of McDATA Corporation and its subsidiaries in the United States other countries or both Intel MMX and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States other countries or both Java and all Java based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States other countries or both Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States other countries or both UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others Electronic emission notices The following statements apply to this product The statements for other products intended for use with this product will appear in their accompanying manuals Federal Communications Commission FCC Class A Statement Note This equipment has been t
177. faults product Item Default EFCM Basic Edition interface user name case sensitive Administrator EFCM Basic Edition interface password case sensitive password Customer level password maintenance port access password Maintenance level password maintenance port access level 2 IP address 10 1 1 10 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address 0 0 0 0 Installation task summary Copyright IBM Corp 2006 Table 3 summarizes installation tasks for the product optional management server and optional Ethernet hub The table describes each task states if the task is optional and lists the page reference 17 Table 3 Installation task summary Task number and description Required or optional Page Task 1 Verify installation requirements Required 19 Task 2 Unpack inspect and install the Ethernet hub Perform task if hub is required to connect switch and 20 optional management interface Task 3 Unpack inspect and install the product Required 24 Task 4 Configure product using EFCM Basic optional Perform task if switch is managed through the EFCM 27 Basic Edition interface Task 5 Configure product network information optional Configure if connecting multiple switches or connecting 47 switch and management server to a public LAN Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses Required if management server is used 50 Task 7 Configure
178. figure switch network addresses 48 default password 49 121 description 6 location 3 manage configuration data EFCM Basic Edition 178 SAN management application 206 management management server 9 management server access through TightVNC 53 description 9 event code tables 233 fault isolation 113 LCD panel password 51 minimum specifications 10 recommended specifications 10 specifications 10 11 multiswitch fabric e_port segmentation reasons for 194 N N_Port ID virtualization configure PFE key EFCM Basic 42 Element Manager 69 network information configure management server 50 configure switch EFCM Basic 34 maintenance port 47 NPIV configure EFCM Basic 37 Element Manager 82 description 37 82 null modem cable description 14 illustration 15 O open trunking log 187 open trunking re route log EFCM Basic Edition 162 open systems management server configure EFCM Basic 39 Element Manager 70 OpenTrunking configure EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 91 configure PFE key EFCM Basic 43 Element Manager 69 description 46 91 operating environment 8 operating parameters configure EFCM Basic 31 Element Manager 76 P password configure at management server 62 customer level switch 17 99 default management server LCD panel 51 default EFCM Basic Edition 27 default maintenance port 49 121 default SAN management application 62 94 213 default TightVNC 53 93 212 default Windows 54 94 213 maintenance level switc
179. formational Explanation A new firmware version was downloaded from the management server or EFCM Basic interface Event data contains the ASCII firmware version in hexadecimal format xx yy zz bbbb Action No action required Event data Bytes 0 and 1 release level xx Bytes 6 and 7 interim release level zz Byte 2 always a period Byte 8 always a space Bytes 3 and 4 maintenance level yy Bytes 9 12 build ID bbbb Byte 5 always a period Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 267 Event code 423 Message CTP firmware download initiated Severity Informational Explanation The management server or EFCM Basic Edition interface initiated download of a new firmware version Action No action required Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event Code 430 Message Excessive Ethernet transmit errors Severity Informational Explanation Transmit error counters for the active CTP card Ethernet adapter sum of all counters exceeded a threshold This does not indicate a CTP card failure it indicates a problem with the Eth
180. frequency rate of some of the advanced logs Count The number of times that the same event occurred Category Displays the category that caused the log entry IP The IP address of the product Role The role of the user Interface The interface causing the security event Obtain Switch Log information The Element Manager application provides access to logs that contain switch level maintenance information Select the desired log option from the Logs menu in the Element Manager Logs with maintenance information are Audit Event Hardware Link Incident Port Threshold Alert 184 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Audit Log Event Log Open Trunking Embedded Port Switch Fabric The audit log displays a history of all configuration changes applied to the product from any source such as Element Manager SNMP management stations or host The following information can be obtained from the audit logs Date Time The date and time of the change on the product Action User action that caused the configuration change such as offline status port name change or change of address Source Identifies the user making the change through the product Element manager and IP or DNS host name address of the remote computers running the client software Identifier The user making the change The Event Log records events or errors Entries reflect the status of the management interface and managed product
181. g E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 263 Event Code 316 Message A cooling fan propeller in FAN2 FRU has recovered Severity Informational Explanation A fan propeller started spinning It either spontaneously recovered or its FRU was replaced One propeller in FAN2 FRU is now operational Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Recovered fan blade number Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event Code 317 Message A cooling fan propeller in FAN2 FRU has recovered Severity Informational Explanation A fan propeller started spinning It either spontaneously recovered or its FRU was replaced Two propellers in FAN2 FRU are now operational Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Recovered fan blade number Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event code 370 Message Cooling fan status polling temporarily disabled Severity Minor 264 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Explanation The failed or recovered status values for
182. ger Software Release 8 7 User Manual 2026 416 Switch EFCM 620 000170 2026 16E Element e Sphereon 4400 Switch Element Manager User Manual Manager 620 000241 EFCM Basic EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 Edition E OS SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 E OS Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000134 xiv SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Table 1 IBM products and SAN management documentation E OS Continued IBM TotalStorage Related firmware product name and SAN and machine type McDATA product management and model name product Relevant documentation SAN32M 2 Switch Sphereon 4700 E OS EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 2026 432 Switch EFCM 620 000170 2026 32E Element e Sphereon 4700 Switch Element Manager User Manual Manager 620 000242 EFCM Basic EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 Edition E OS SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 E OS Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000134 SAN140M director Intrepid 6140 E OS EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 2027 140 director e EFCM 620 000170 Element e Intrepid 6140 and 6064 Directors Element Manager User Manager Manual 620 0001 53 EFCM Basic e EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 Edition E OS SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 E OS Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000134 Ordering manuals To order a pr
183. gnostics warning threshold exceeded Go to step 17 516 Optical digital diagnostics alarm threshold exceeded Go to step 17 581 Implicit incident Go to step 19 582 Bit error threshold exceeded Go to step 19 583 Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Go to step 19 584 Not operational primitive sequence received Go to step 19 585 Primitive sequence timeout Go to step 19 586 Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Go to step 19 Table 14 lists link incident messages and MAP steps Table 14 Link incident messages Explanation Action Link interface incident implicit incident Go to step 19 Link interface incident bit error threshold exceeded Go to step 19 Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Go to step 19 Link failure not operational primitive sequence NOS received Link failure primitive sequence timeout Go to step 19 Go to step 19 Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Go to step 19 Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 127 2 As indicated by event code 080 the eight byte 16 digit worldwide name WWN is not valid or an unconfigured nickname was used a For the product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Node List from the Product menu at any view The Node List View displays Element Manager Selec
184. gt Switch Current Online State On Deactivate Unit Beaconing is of Activate r System Error Light is Off Reset onfiguration Note The Switch must be Offline to perform a Configuration Reset This operation v ll reset al configuration data and non volatile settings to factory default values including network information Management access may be lost until the network information is restored i16M2010 Figure 49 Switch View 2 Perform one of the following Ifthe product is offline click the green Activate button adjacent to the Current Online State field The product comes online Ifthe product is online click the green Deactivate button adjacent to the Current Online State field The product goes offline SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Block or unblock a port Follow the procedures in this section to block or unblock a Fibre Channel port Blocking a port prevents an attached device or fabric element from communicating A blocked port continuously transmits the OLS To block or unblock a port using the EFCM Basic Edition use the following steps 1 Select Basic Info from the Configure menu Configure gt Ports gt Basic Info The Basic Information view appears Figure 50 Configure gt Ports gt Basic Information E Jump to Port Ca 5 go Port Nane ock Fabric Address Notify Port Type Speed Gb s egoti Negotiate v k o 1 2 m m 2 I I L
185. guration file to the PC communicating configuration with the EFCM Basic Edition interface use the following steps 1 Select Backup Configuration from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Backup Configuration The Backup Configuration view appears Figure 52 Maintenance gt Backup Configuration Note Configuration backup is disruptive to management operations from other interfaces Please discontinue management operations while the configuration backup file is transferred To retrieve the back up file right click on the hyperlink below and select save target as option Configuration file Configuration file xml Configuration backup status Configuration backup status i16M2013 Figure 52 Backup Configuration View 2 Right click the Configuration file link to open a list of menu options Select the Save Target As menu option The Save As dialog box appears 3 At the Save As dialog box select the hard drive C from the Save in drop down menu type a descriptive name for the extensible markup language xml configuration file in the File name field and click Save 178 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 4 A Download dialog box appears showing the estimated time remaining to complete the backup process When finished the dialog box changes to a Download complete dialog box 5 Click Close to close the dialog box Restore Notify the customer that the switch will be set offline En
186. gure menu Configure gt Switch gt Identification The Identification view appears Figure 11 Configure gt Switch gt Identification Name Description PO Location Es Contact Cc St i cc i24M1132 Identification View a Type a unique product name less than 24 alphanumeric characters in the Name field If installed on a public LAN the name should reflect the product s Ethernet network domain name system DNS host name Chapter 2 Installation tasks 29 b Type a product description less than 255 alphanumeric characters in the Description field c Type the product s physical location less than 255 alphanumeric characters in the Location field d Type the name of a contact person less than 255 alphanumeric characters in the Contact field 2 Click OK to save and activate changes Configure date and time To configure the product date and time use the following steps 1 Select Date amp Time from the Configure menu Configure gt Switch gt Date amp Time The Date Time view appears Figure 12 Configure gt Switch gt Date Time Date MMIDDIVYYY s fz 4 zoos Time HHMMUSS fiz fsa faa ae i24M1130 Figure 12 Date Time View a Configure the Date using the Date field e Month MM 1 12 e Day DD 1 31 e Year YYYY greater than 1980 b Configure the Time using the Time field e Hour HH 0 23 e Minute MM 0 59 e Second
187. h 17 99 performance statistics Class 2 Index 301 302 EFCM Basic Edition 169 Class 3 EFCM Basic Edition 169 error EFCM Basic Edition 169 open trunking 169 traffic EFCM Basic Edition 169 PFE keys configure EFCM Basic 42 Element Manager 68 Element Manager application 42 68 FICON management server 42 68 Flexport Technology 68 full volatility 42 68 N_Port ID virtualization 42 69 OpenTrunking 43 69 port binding configure EFCM Basic 46 description 46 enable EFCM Basic 46 port fencing configure EFCM Basic 47 SAN management application 91 description 47 91 port threshold alert log 186 ports cabling 94 configurable types 1 configure basic information EFCM Basic 35 Element Manager 80 configure BB_Credit EFCM Basic 36 Element Manager 81 configure NPIV EFCM Basic 37 Element Manager 82 E_Port fencing 47 91 events 500 599 272 LED diagnostics 159 performance statistics EFCM Basic Edition 169 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Element Manager application 191 port properties 193 port technology 194 SFP transceivers 3 status LEDs 6 swap ports 198 power cords illustrated parts breakdown 229 power requirements 7 power supply description 4 events 200 299 254 fault isolation 109 illustrated parts breakdown 227 location 3 removal 220 replacement 222 status LED 6 power off procedure 155 power on procedure 153 preferred domain ID 77 preferred path configure EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 91
188. he CD to support personnel Event Data Supplementary data consists of reporting tasks of type eMST_SB2 with component_id eMSCID_SB2_CHPGM For each type of error or indication the subcomponent_id is Management server internal error subcomponent_id is eMS_ELR_SB2_DEVICE_PROTOCOL_ERROR or eMS_ELR_SB2_MSG_PROCESSING_ERROR Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv 236 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 061 Message Fabric Controller database invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an IML or firmware download the fabric controller database failed CRC validation All fabric controller databases initialize to an empty state resulting in momentary loss of interswitch communication Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Y Y Y Y Event code 062 Message Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded Severity Informational Explanation Fabric controller software detected a path to a director or switch that traverses more than seven interswitch links hops This may resu
189. he pop up menu The Element Manager opens and the Hardware View displays OSI host console Go to step 9 b Inspect the status symbol associated with the product A yellow triangle attention indicator indicates the product is operating in degraded mode A red diamond failure indicator indicates the product is not operational c Inspect simulated Fibre Channel ports for a yellow triangle attention indicator that overlays the CRU graphic d Inspect simulated CRUs for a blinking red and yellow diamond failed CRU indicator that overlays the CRU graphic 106 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Is a failure indicated NO YES L A CRU failure power on self test POST failure link incident interswitch link ISL problem fenced E_Port or segmented E_Port is indicated To obtain event codes that identify the failure go to step 10 8 A link incident may have occurred but the LIN alerts option is not enabled and the yellow triangle attention indicator does not appear Inspect the Link Incident Log a For the product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Link Incident from the Logs menu at any view The Link Incident Log displays Element Manager Select Link Incident Log from the Logs menu at any view The Link Incident Log displays b If a link incident occurred the port number is listed with one of the following messages Link interface incident implicit incident
190. hermal violations Severity Severe Explanation The switch failed due to excessive CTP card thermal violations Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Perform a switch reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Y Y Y Y Appendix A Event code tables 287 288 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Notices Copyright IBM Corp 2006 This information was developed for products and services offered in the U S A IBM may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in other countries Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe on any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non IBM product program or service IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not g
191. ifies the E_Port number The fifth byte byte 4 specifies the original segmentation reason as described in event code 070 Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv 242 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 076 Message Out of Range Domain ID detected Severity Informational Explanation Switch has detected a domain ID that is out of the supported range behind the attached ISL This event may be followed by a segmentation event 070 Action Check that all McDATA switches in the fabric are configured with the same domain id offset Check that all non McDATA switches are configured with a domain id that is within the range of this switch offset 1 offset 31 Event Data lt See subsequent tables gt ALL DATA IS BIG ENDIAN Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Event code 080 Message Unauthorized worldwide name Severity Informational Explanation The WWN ofthe connected device or fabric element is not authorized for the port number Action Change the port binding definition or connect the proper device or fabric element to the indicated port Event data Byte 0 Port nu
192. ighten CRUs chassis or cabinet components T10 Torx tool The tool is required to rack mount products or to remove replace adjust or tighten chassis or cabinet components ESD grounding cable and wrist strap An ESD wrist strap is required when working with ESD sensitive CRUs including optical transceivers Maintenance terminal A desktop or notebook PC is required to configure product network addresses and acquire event log information through the maintenance port The PC must have The Microsoft Windows 98 Windows 2000 Windows 2003 Windows XP or Windows ME operating system installed RS 232 serial communication software such as ProCcomm Plus or HyperTerminal installed HyperTerminal is provided with Windows operating systems Fiber optic cleaning kit The kit contains tools and instructions to clean fiber optic cables connectors loopback plugs and protective plugs Chapter 1 General information 15 16 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Chapter 2 Installation tasks Factory defaults This chapter describes tasks to install configure and verify operation of the SAN32M 2 using the e EFCM Basic Edition interface e Storage area network SAN management application e Element Manager The product can be installed on a table top mounted in a 19 inch equipment rack Table 2 lists factory set defaults for the product Table 2 Factory set de
193. ign a priority for the switch The available options are Default Principal and Never Principal The principal switch is assigned a priority of 1 and controls the allocation and distribution of domain IDs for all fabric elements including itself NOTE At least one switch in a fabric must be set as Principal or Default If all switches are set to Never Principal all ISLs segment d Select one of the options in the Interop Mode drop down list to set the switch operating mode This setting only affects the mode used to manage the switch it does not affect port operation Chapter 2 Installation tasks 79 The available options are e McDATA Fabric 1 0 Select this option if the product is fabric attached only to other McDATA directors or switches operating in McDATA fabric mode e Open Fabric 1 0 Select this option default for managing heterogeneous fabrics and if the product is fabric attached to McDATA directors or switches and open fabric compliant switches produced by other OEMs e Select from one of the options to change the ISL cost e By Port Speed Select if you want FSFP routing selection to account for port speed when assigning traffic to ISLs e Ignore Port Speed Select if you do not want FSFP routing selection to account for port speed when assigning traffic to ISLs All ISLs have equal cost 4 Click OK to save the information and close the dialog box 5 Set the product online Refer to Set online s
194. iguration use multiple daisy chained Ethernet hubs YES NO 4 Go to step 11 116 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 10 Verify hubs are correctly daisy chained a Top hub As shown in Figure 44 1 ensure an RJ 45 Ethernet cable connects to port 24 and the medium dependent interface MDI switch is set to MDI in b Middle hub As shown in Figure 44 2 ensure the cable from the top hub connects to port 12 the cable from the bottom hub connects to port 24 and the MDI switch is set to MDI in c Bottom hub As shown in Figure 44 3 ensure the cable from the middle hub connects to port 12 and the MDI switch is set to MDIX out i140M015 Figure 44 Daisy Chained Ethernet Hubs Was the maintenance action successful NO YES The management server connection is restored Exit MAP Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 117 11 Verify operation of Ethernet hub s Inspect each hub for indications of being powered on such as e Green Power LED illuminated e Green Status LEDs illuminated Is a failure indicated YES NO 4 Go to step 13 12 Remove and replace the Ethernet hub Refer to supporting documentation for instructions Was the maintenance action successful NO YES The management server connection is restored Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 13 A problem with LAN attached device is indicated e If the problem is associated with anothe
195. ime Zone field must be set before the Date amp Time field Chapter 2 Installation tasks 59 2 Click the Time Zone tab The Date Time Properties dialog box appears with the Time Zone page open Figure 27 Date amp Time Time Zone M Automatically adjust dock for daylight saving changes i24M1165 Figure 27 Date Time Properties dialog box Time Zone tab 3 To change the time zone a Select the appropriate time zone from the drop down list at the top of the dialog box b Select the Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes check box only if instructed by the customer c Click Apply Record time zone and daylight savings information for reference if the server hard drive fails and must be restored 4 Click the Date amp Time tab The Date Time Properties dialog box appears with the Date amp Time page open Figure 28 5 To change the date and time a Select the month from the drop down list under Date b Click the up or down arrow adjacent to the year field and select the desired year c Click the day on the calendar to select the desired date 60 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Date amp Time Time Zone Date Time TE 2s 1 37 38PM Current time zone Mountain Daylight Time i24M1164 Figure 28 Date Time Properties dialog box Date amp Time tab d Click in the time field and enter the desired time then click the adjacent up or down arrow and s
196. ing the problem Byte 1 specifies the inactive reason as listed in Table 16 Table 16 Inactive port reasons and actions Byte 1 Inactive port reason Action 02 Feature key not enabled Go to step 14 03 Switch speed conflict Go to step 15 04 Optics speed conflict Go to step 15 06 Port swap conflict Go to step 16 14 A port is inactive because Flexport Technology is disabled Install the Flexport Technology PFE key to enable N_Port capability Refer to Install PFE keys optional EFCM Basic Edition or Task 15 Configure PFE key optional Element Manager Exit MAP 15 A port is inactive because the e Port cannot operate at the product backplane speed e Optical transceiver does not support the configured port speed Change the port speed to be compatible with the backplane or optical transceiver speed a For the product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Ports and Basic Info from the Configure menu at any view The Basic Information View displays Element Manager Select Ports from the Configure menu at any view The Configure Ports dialog box displays b If necessary use the vertical scroll bar to display the information row for the inactive port 134 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual c Select click the Speed field and configure the port d Click OK or Activate Was the maintenance action successful NO YES The product port is operational E
197. ining hubs 5 Daisy chain connect the hubs a Connect the top and middle stacked hubs Connect an RJ 45 patch cable to port 24 of the top hub then connect the cable to port 12 of the middle hub b Connect the bottom and middle stacked hubs Connect a second RJ 45 patch cable to port 24 of the middle hub then connect the cable to port 12 of the bottom hub c Use a pointed instrument as shown in Patch cable and MDI selector configuration 1 and 2 to set the medium dependent interface MDI switch on the top and middle hubs to MDI in As shown in Figure 8 3 set the MDI switch on the bottom hub to MDIX out NOTE To connect two hubs use the middle and bottom hub instructions only Chapter 2 Installation tasks 23 6 Connect a power cord to a rack power strip and the receptacle at the rear of each hub Power for each hub switches on when the hub and equipment rack are connected to facility AC power NOTE Ensure that each hub is connected to a separate rack power strip 7 Inspect the front panel of each hub Ensure each green Power LED illuminates Task 3 Unpack inspect and install the product Follow the procedures in this section to unpack inspect and install the switch in a rack mount configuration Unpack and inspect switch Unpack and inspect the switch es as follows 1 Inspect shipping container s for damage caused during transit Ensure that a representative from the freight carri
198. inted copy of this publication contact your IBM Branch office or you can locate and purchase books online at http www elink ibmlink ibm com public applications publications cgibin pbi cgi Where to get help Contact IBM for technical support which includes hardware support all product repairs and ordering of spare parts go to http www ibm com servers storage support san index html You can also contact IBM within the United States at 1 800 IBMSERV 1 800 426 7378 For support outside the United States you can find the service number at http www ibm com planetwide Taiwan contact information IBM Taiwan Product Service Contact Info About this book XV IBM Taiwan Corporation 3F No 7 Song Ren Rd Taipei Taiwan Tel 0800 016 888 G IBM F rm A 5 Re TT TN aS Bd BS PSR PR as I IR SFERACH ain O800 016 888 pal al How to send your comments Your feedback is important in helping us provide the most accurate and high quality information If you have comments or suggestions for improving this document you can send us comments electronically by using the following addresses e Internet starpubs us ibm com e IBMLink from U S A STARPUBS at SJEVM5 e IBMLink from Canada STARPUBS at TORIBM e IBM Mail Exchange USIB3VVD at IBMMAIL You can also mail your comments by using the Reader Comment Form in the back of this manual or direct your mail to International Business Machine Corporation
199. ion Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 801 Message Critically hot temperature warning port module thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with a UPM indicates the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded Action Replace the indicated UPM with a functional UPM of the same type Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty card to support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Y Y Vv Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 283 Event Code 802 Message Port module shutdown due to thermal violation Severity Major Explanation A UPM failed and was powered off because of excessive heat This event follows an indication that the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded event code 801 Action Replace the failed UPM with a functional UPM of the same type Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty card to support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Director Management Server Host No
200. ion on disposal of batteries outside the United States go to http www ibm com ibm environment products batteryrecycle s html or contact your local waste disposal facility In the United States IBM has established a return process for reuse recycling or proper disposal of used IBM sealed lead acid nickel cadmium nickel metal hydride and other battery packs from IBM Equipment For information on proper disposal of these batteries contact IBM at 1 800 426 4333 Please have the IBM part number listed on the battery available prior to your call For Taiwan us FR E 32h dk WARNING Handling the cord on this product or cords associated with accessories sold with this product will expose you to lead a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Wash hands after handling About this book XXV XXVi SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Chapter 1 General information Switch description Copyright IBM Corp 2006 The IBM TotalStorage SAN32M 2 switch provides 32 ports of low cost and high performance dynamic Fibre Channel connectivity for switched fabric or arbitrated loop devices This function allows low cost low bandwidth workgroup edge devices to communicate with mainframe servers mass storage devices or other peripherals and ultimately be incorporated into an enterprise storage area network SAN environment The IBM TotalStorag
201. itch and then select the link for downloading firmware Follow the instructions for downloading the firmware 1 Transfer the downloaded firmware file to the rack mount management server or PC communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface Use a diskette CD ROM or other electronic means 2 From there install the firmware as described in this guide 210 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual When upgrading software follow all procedural information contained in release notes or EC instructions that accompany the version Such information supplements information provided in this general procedure To install or upgrade the SAN management application use the following steps 1 Close and exit all applications on the server Insert the EFC Management Applications CD ROM into the CD ROM drive of the management server Ensure that the desired software version is obtained from the Filecenter and resident on the server hard drive Refer to Install or upgrade software for instructions Open the Run dialog box on the Windows PC using Start gt Run In the Open field at the Run dialog box type C mcdataServerInstall exe to install from the server hard drive D mcdataServerInstall exe to install from the EFC Management Applications CD ROM Click OK The InstallShield third party application prepares to install the software version and opens the InstallShield Wizard dialog box Figure 66 Chapter
202. ive you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation North Castle Drive Armonk N Y 10504 1785 U S A For additional information visit the web at http www ibm com ibm licensing contact The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you 289 290 This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication IBM may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice Any references in this information to non IBM web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those web sites The materials at those web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those web sites is at your own ris
203. ized community name was rejected with an error Only requests containing authorized SNMP community names configured through the Element Manager application are allowed Action Add the community name to the SNMP configuration using the Element Manager application Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Appendix A Event code tables 235 Event code 051 Message Management Server database invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an IML or firmware download the Management Server database failed CRC validation All management service databases initialize to an empty state resulting in implicit logout of all logged in devices Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 052 Message Management Server internal error Severity Informational Explanation An internal operating error was detected by the management server application Action Management server application internal error Perform the data collection procedure and return t
204. k Information concerning non IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products their published announcements or other publicly available sources IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance compatibility or any other claims related to non IBM products Questions on the capabilities of non IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment Therefore the results obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly Some measurements may have been made on development level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems Furthermore some measurement may have been estimated through extrapolation Actual results may vary Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment Information concerning non IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products their published announcements or other publicly available sources IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance compatibility or any other claims related to non IBM products Questions on the capabilities of non IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers o
205. l Explanation Director operational firmware detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating status of the indicated SBAR Action No action required An event code 604 is generated if the SBAR fails Event Data Byte 0 SBAR slot position Byte 12 detecting port Byte 1 anomaly reason code Byte 13 connected port Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Byte 14 participating SBAR Bytes 8 and 9 high availability error callout 1 Bytes 16 and 17 high availability error callout 3 Bytes 10 and 11 high availability error callout 2 Bytes 18 and 19 high availability error callout 4 Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event Code 604 Message SBAR failure Severity Major Explanation The indicated SBAR failed If the active SBAR fails the backup SBAR takes over operation If the backup SBAR fails the active SBAR is not impacted Action Replace the failed SBAR with a functional assembly Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty assembly to support personnel Event Data Byte 0 SBAR slot position Byte 1 engineering failure reason code Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 event code specific data Appendix A Event code tables 281 Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E
206. l Number 001 Manufacturer Serial Number EC Level unknown Firmware Level 08 00 00 i24M1146 Figure 10 Hardware View 8 Configure the product from the EFCM Basic Edition interface by selectively performing the following tasks according to customer requirements Product e Identification Date and time e Parameters e Fabric parameters e Network addresses Ports e Basic information e Buffer to buffer credits BB_Credits e N_Port identifier virtualization NPIV Management SNMP trap message recipients e Command line interface CLI e Open systems management server OSMS e Secure socket layer SSL encryption 28 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Options Product feature enablement PFE keys Security SANtegrity authentication settings access control list and remote authentication dial in user service RADIUS server support Enterprise Fabric Mode SANtegrity binding fabric switch and port binding Interswitch Links OpenTrunking Preferred path and Interswitch link ISL port fencing Configure product identification Perform this procedure to configure the product identification Figure 11 NOTE The Name Location and Contact variables correspond respectively to the SNMP variables sysName sysLocation and sysContact and are used by management workstations when obtaining product data 1 Select Identification from the Confi
207. l home event notification Security e SANtegrity authentication Enterprise Fabric Mode e SANtegrity binding Interswitch links e OpenTrunking e Preferred path ISL port fencing Configure product identification Follow the procedures in this section to configure the product s identification using the Element Manager NOTE The Name Location and Contact variables correspond respectively to the SNMP variables sysName sysLocation and sysContact and are used by management workstations when obtaining product data 1 Select Operating Parameters from the Configure menu Configure gt Operating Parameters The Operating Parameters dialog box appears 2 Click the Identification tab Figure 36 Chapter 2 Installation tasks 75 Figure 36 Fabric Domain Identification SNMP Date Time Interfaces Name Copy gt Nickname Description Fibre Channel Switch Location End User Premise please configure Contact End User Contact please configure OK Cancel Help i24M1172 Configure Identification dialog box a Type a unique product name less than 24 alphanumeric characters in the Name field If the product is installed on a public LAN the name should reflect the network DNS host name Type a product nickname name less than 24 alphanumeric characters in the Nickname field The nickname appears instead of the WWN in Element Manager application views
208. lapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 and 9 HA error callout 1 Bytes 10 and 11 HA error callout 2 Byte 12 detecting port Byte 13 connected port Bytes 16 and 17 HA error callout 3 Bytes 18 and 19 HA error callout 4 Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 510 Message Optical transceiver hot insertion initiated Severity Informational Explanation Installation of an optical transceiver was initiated with the switch powered on and operational The event indicates operational firmware detected the presence of the transceiver Action No action required Event data Byte 0 port number Byte 2 optic type Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 optic serial number Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 512 Message Optical transceiver nonfatal error Severity Minor Explanation Switch firmware detected an optical transceiver non fatal error Action Replace the failed transceiver with a functional transceiver of the same type Appendix A Event code tables 275 Event data Byte 0 port number Byte 1 engineering
209. lity power source power cord or power distribution failure is indicated The ERR LED illuminates when the switch detects an event requiring operator attention such as a CRU failure The LED illuminates as long as an event is active The LED extinguishes when Clear System Error Light is selected from the EFCM Basic Edition interface or Element Manager application The ERR LED also blinks if unit beaconing is enabled An illuminated LED indicating a failure takes precedence over unit beaconing Amber and green LEDs associated with switch CRUs provide status information as follows e Fibre Channel ports LEDs to the left of each port illuminate extinguish or blink to indicate port status and speed The amber LED illuminates if the port fails The green LED illuminates to indicate 1 0625 2 1250 or 4 2500 Gbps port operation e Power supply assembly An amber LED on each assembly illuminates if the FRU fails The rear panel has a 9 pin DSUB maintenance port that provides a connection for a local terminal or dial in connection for a remote terminal The port is typically used only by maintenance personnel however operators can use the port to configure network addresses Chassis ground connector The front panel has a chassis ground connector for an electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap and grounding cable Plug the grounding cable into the connector when performing a maintenance action with the switch connected to facility powe
210. ll home feature optional 61 Task 12 Assign user names and passwords 62 Task 13 Configure the product to the management application 64 Task 14 Record or verify server restore information 65 Task 15 Verify product to server communication 66 Task 16 Configure PFE key optional 68 Task 17 Configure management server optional 70 Task 18 Set product date and time 72 Index 299 Task 19 Configure the Element Manager application 74 Task 2 Unpack inspect and install the Ethernet hub optional 20 Task 20 Back up configuration data 91 Task 21 Cable Fibre Channel ports 94 Task 22 Configure zoning optional 95 Task 23 Connect product to a fabric element optional 96 Task 3 Unpack inspect and install the product 24 Task 4 Configure product at the EFCM Basic Edition interface optional 27 Task 5 Configure product network information optional 47 Task 7 Configure server password and network addresses 50 Task 8 Configure management server information 53 Task 9 Configure Windows operating system users 56 internal loopback test description 169 196 EFCM Basic Edition 169 SAN management application 196 interop mode 33 interswitch link configure performance features EFCM Basic 46 Element Manager 91 SAN management application 91 description 1 fault isolation 138 OpenTrunking 46 91 port fencing 47 91 preferred path 46 91 IP address change switch address 34 47 DNS server default 65 managemen
211. llo timeout The switch periodically verifies operation of attached directors or switches The E_Port at the operational switch times out and segments if the attached device does not respond Check the status of the attached director or switch If the condition persists perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv 240 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 072 Message E_Port connected to unsupported switch Severity Informational Explanation The switch is attached through an ISL to an incompatible director or switch Action Disconnect the ISL Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 073 Message Fabric initialization error Severity Informational Explanation An error was detected during the fabric initialization sequence probably caused by frame delivery errors Event data is intended for engineering evaluation Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Byte 0 error reason code for engineering evaluation Bytes 4 9 port
212. log box 7 Reset the port a Right click the port graphic on the Hardware view A pop up menu appears b Select Reset Port A message box appears indicating a link reset will occur c Click OK The port resets 8 Notify the customer the test is complete and the attached device can be set online Follow the procedure in this section to perform an external loopback test using Element Manager An external loopback test checks all port circuitry including fiber optic components of the installed optical transceiver To perform the test the attached device must be quiesced and disconnected from the port and a singlemode or multimode loopback plug must be inserted in the port Notify the customer that a disruptive external loopback test will be performed and the attached device must be disconnected To perform an external loopback test using Element Manager application use the following steps 1 Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the port to be tested 2 Depending on the port technology insert a singlemode or multimode loopback plug into the port receptacle 3 Select Port Diagnostics from the Maintenance Maintenance gt Port Diagnostics menu The Port Diagnostics dialog box appears Figure 57 Chapter 4 Repair information 197 4 Type the port number to be tested or select all ports at the Port Select area of the dialog box 5 Select the External Loop option in the Diagnostics Test list box 6
213. logs e Date Time The date and time the change occurred e Fabric Event The description of the zoning or fabric change e Description Supplementary information if available in text format Group Log The group log enables users to view and delete the event logs that were created using Create Group Event log Configure gt Group Manager The users can use this option to group switchess under a single group name and generate an event log for the entire group 182 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Product Status Log Sessions Log The following information can be obtained from the Group logs Level The severity level of the event Source The name of the product Type The type of event occurred Description The description of the event with the port number of the product causing the event Time The time of the event IP The IP address of the server Node Name The name of the product causing the event Port Name The port name of the product The Product Status Log records the previous and current status of a managed product and indicates the instance of an Element Manager application that should be opened to investigate a problem The following information can be obtained from the Product Status logs Date Time The date and time the status change occurred Network Address The IP address or configured name of the product The address or name corresponds to the address or name displayed under the p
214. ls the allocation and distribution of domain IDs for all fabric elements including itself Principal is the highest priority setting Default is the next highest and Never Principal is the lowest priority setting The setting Never Principal means the fabric element is incapable of becoming a principal switch If all elements are set to Principal or Default the element with the highest priority and the lowest WWYN becomes the principal switch At least one element in a multiswitch fabric must be set as Principal or Default If all elements are set to Never Principal all SLs segment e Set the product online Refer to Set online state EFCM Basic Edition or Set online state Element Manager Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 145 14 An E_Port segmented operational product because a response hello timeout to a verification check indicates an attached switch is not operational a Perform a data collection at the operational product and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager b Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP and perform fault isolation for the failed switch Exit MAP 15 Event code 072 indicates a product E_Port is connected to an unsupported fabric element Advise the cus
215. lt in Fibre Channel frames persisting in the fabric longer than timeout values allow Action Reconfigure the fabric so the path between any two switches traverses seven or less ISLs Event data Byte 0 domain ID of the director or switch more than seven hops away Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Appendix A Event code tables 237 Event code 063 Message Remote switch has too many ISLs Severity Major Explanation The director or switch with domain ID indicated in the event data has too many ISLs attached and is unreachable from this switch SAN management application Version 3 2 and earlier supports up to 32 ISLs SAN management application Version 3 3 and later supports up to 128 ISLs Action Reduce the ISLs on the indicated director or switch to a number within limits specified Event data Byte 0 domain ID of the director or switch with too many ISLs Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Event code 064 Message ESS response from indicated domain ID not received after maximum tries Severity Informational Explanation Fabric controller software detected an exchange switch support
216. lure Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to perform fault isolation In addition perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Appendix A Event code tables 277 Event data Refer to the T11 99 017v0 document for the specific link incident record format Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Y Event code 583 Message Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Severity Major Explanation An attached server recognized a loss of signal condition or a loss of synchronization condition that persisted for more than the specified receiver transmitter timeout value R_T_TOV Action A LIR is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in T11 99 017v0 OSI If fault isolation at the server does not detect a failure the problem may be due to a port failure Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to perform fault isolation In addition perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Refer to the T11 99 017v0 document for the specific link incident record format Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Event code 584 Message Not operational primitive
217. m other directors or switches This event code is accompanied by one or more 070 event codes Refer to event data for segmentation reason Action Action depends on segmentation reason specified Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the E_Port number The fifth byte byte 4 specifies the segmentation reason as follows 1 Incompatible operating parameters Ether the resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV or error detect time out value E_D_TOV is inconsistent between the switch and another director or switch Modify the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV to make the values consistent 2 Duplicate domain ID The switch has the same preferred domain ID as another director or switch Modify the Domain ID to make it unique 3 Incompatible zoning configurations The same name is applied to a zone for the switch and another director or switch but the zones contain different zone members Modify the zone name to make it unique or ensure zones with the same name contain identical zone members 4 Build fabric protocol error A protocol error was detected during incorporation of the switch into the fabric Disconnect the E_Port link then reconnect the link If the condition persists perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel 5 No principal switch No director or switch in the fabric can become the principal switch Modify the switch priority to any value other than 255 6 No response from attached switch he
218. mber reporting the unauthorized connection Bytes 4 11 WWN of the unauthorized device or fabric element Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 243 Event code 081 Message Invalid attachment Severity Informational Explanation A switch port recognized an incompatibility with the attached fabric element or device and isolated the port An isolated port does not transmit Class 2 Class 3 or Class F traffic Refer to event data for the reason Action Action depends on reason specified Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the port number The fifth byte byte 4 specifies the isolation reason as follows 1 Unknown Reason is unknown but probably caused by failure of an E_Port connected device Fault isolate the failed device or contact support personnel to report the problem 2 ISL connection not allowed The port connection conflicts with the configured port type Change the port type to F_Port if the port is cabled to a device or E_Port if the port is cabled to a fabric element to form an ISL 3 Incompatible switch The switch returned a Process ELP Reject Unable to Process reason code because the attached fabric element is not compatible Set the switch operating mode to McDATA Fabric 1 0 if co
219. mmunicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface 4 At the Save As dialog box select the floppy drive A from the Save in drop down menu type a descriptive name for the zipped zip dump file in the File name field and click Save 5 A Download dialog box appears showing the estimated time remaining to complete the download process When finished the dialog box changes to a Download complete dialog box Click Close to close the dialog box 7 Remove the diskette with the newly collected maintenance data from the PC floppy drive Return the diskette with the failed CRU to support personnel for failure analysis Chapter 4 Repair information 173 Set online state 174 This section describes procedures to set the product online or offline Operational states are e Online When the product is set online an attached device can log in if the port is not blocked Attached devices in the same zone can communicate with each other e Offline When the product is set offline all ports are set offline and operation of attached Fibre Channel devices is disrupted The product transmits the OLS to attached devices and the devices cannot log in NOTE Do not set the product offline unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support To set the product online or offline 1 Select Switch from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Switch The Switch view appears Figure 49 Maintenance
220. n the control processor CTP card at manufacture The MAC address is unique for each product and should not be changed IP address The default IP address is 10 1 1 10 If multiple products are installed on the same LAN each product and the management server must have a unique IP address NOTE If multiple products and the management server are delivered in an equipment cabinet all devices are configured with unique IP addresses that do not require change The addresses require change only if multiple cabinets are LAN connected Subnet mask The default subnet mask is 255 0 0 0 If the product is installed on a complex public LAN with one or more routers the address may require change Gateway address The default gateway address is 0 0 0 0 If the product is installed on a public LAN the gateway address must be changed to the address of the corporate intranet s local router Ensure the LAN installation with the customer If one product is installed on a dedicated LAN network addresses do not require change Skip to Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses If multiple products are installed or a public LAN segment is used network addresses must be changed to conform to the customer s LAN addressing scheme Chapter 2 Installation tasks Perform the following steps to change a product IP address subnet mask or gateway address NOTE An asynchronous RS 232 modem cable and maintenance terminal
221. n to validate the IP address e Logs Tab The Logs tab displays a check box for each log that the firmware supports for generating syslog messages Selecting checking a log causes the firmware to generate a syslog event each time an entry is added to the log Event Select check box to include Event log Audit Select check box to include Audit log Chapter 4 Repair information 189 Link incident Select check box to include Link Incident log Threshold alert Select check box to include Threshold Alert log Security Select check box to include Security log Embedded port Select check box to include Embedded Port log Fabric Select check box to include Fabric log Open Trunking Select check box to include Open Trunking log Perform port diagnostics Fibre Channel port diagnostic information is obtained by e Inspecting properties at the Port List view e Inspecting statistical information at the Performance view e Inspecting parameters at the Port Properties dialog box e Inspecting parameters at the Port Technology dialog box e Performing an internal or external loopback test e Swapping ports Port List View The Element Manager application provides access to port diagnostic information through the Port List view To open the Port List view click the Port List tab in the Element Manager Figure 54 A row of information for each port appears Each row consists of the foll
222. nagement server Element Manager application An event illuminates the system error light emitting diode LED at the product front panel Tables in this appendix also provide a e Message a text string that describes the event e Severity a severity level that indicates event criticality as follows 0 informational 2 minor 3 major 4 severe not operational e Explanation an explanation of what caused the event e Action the recommended action if any to resolve the problem e Event data supplementary event data if any that appears in the event log in hexadecimal format 233 e Distribution checks in associated fields indicate where the event code is reported product management server or attached host System events 000 through 199 Event Code 001 Message System power down Severity Informational Explanation The director was powered off or disconnected from the facility AC power source The event code is distributed the next time the director powers on but the date and time of the code reflect the power off time Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with the event Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event code 011 Message Login Server d
223. nd all amber LEDs extinguish after successful POST completion If a POST error occurs go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem 154 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Power off switch Notify the customer that the switch is to be powered off Ensure that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline To power off the switch 1 Set the switch offline Refer to Set online state EFCM Basic Edition or Set online state SAN management application for instructions DANGER Multiple power cords L003 2 Disconnect power cords from the AC connectors at the rear of the switch IML or reset switch ATTENTION A reset should only be performed if a CTP card failure is indicated Do not reset a switch unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support An initial machine load IML or reset is performed at the switch front panel using the RESET button An IML does not cause power on diagnostics to execute and is not disruptive to Fibre Channel traffic An IML e Reloads switch firmware from FLASH memory e Resets the Ethernet LAN interface causing the connection to the browser PC or management server to drop momentarily until the connection automatically recovers A reset is disruptive to Fibre Channel traffic and resets the e Microprocessor and functional logic for the control processor CTP card an
224. nd the EFCM Log In dialog box appears NOTE The default Windows user name is Administrator and the default password is password Both are case sensitive Type the SAN management application default user ID and password and select a server or IP address from the Network Address drop down list NOTE The default SAN management application user ID is Administrator and the default password is password Both are case sensitive Click Login The application opens and the main window appears Chapter 4 Repair information 213 214 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Chapter 5 Removal and replacement procedures Procedural notes ESD procedures Copyright IBM Corp 2006 This chapter describes part removal and replacement procedures RRPs for the SAN32M 2 switch The chapter also provides procedural notes electrostatic discharge ESD precautions and list of the parts NOTE This section covers both CRUs customer replaceable units that are SFPs only and FRUs the power supply field replaceable units to be replaced only by service personnel Observe the following procedural notes 1 Follow all ESD precautions and DANGER CAUTION and ATTENTION statements 2 Do not perform an RRP unless a failure is isolated to a part If fault isolation was not performed refer to MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 Before removing a part read the associated RRP to familiarize yourself with the procedure 4 Af
225. nfiguration changes applied to the product from any source such as Element Manager SNMP management stations or host Chapter 4 Repair information 181 The following information can be obtained from the audit logs e Date Time The time and date of the log entry e Type The type of log entry e Parameter Description of the log entry e User The user who created the log entry Event Log The Event Log records simple network management protocol SNMP trap events client server communication errors and other problems recorded by the SAN management application Information provided is generally intended for use by third level support personnel to fault isolate significant problems The following information can be obtained from the event logs e Date Time The date and time the event occurred e Event An event number and brief description of the event Include this information when reporting an event to customer support e Product The product associated with the event and configured name or IP address associated with the instance are displayed e Data Additional event data for fault isolation Include this information when fault isolating a call home problem or reporting an event to customer support Fabric Log The Fabric Log records the time and nature of changes made to a multiswitch fabric The information is useful for isolating zoning or fabric wide problems The following information can be obtained from the fabric
226. nnected to an IBM product Set the switch operating mode to Open Fabric 1 0 if connected to an open fabric compliant product manufactured by a different vendor 4 Incompatible switch The switch returned a Process ELP Reject Invalid Revision Level reason code because the attached fabric element is not compatible Set the switch operating mode to McDATA Fabric 1 0 if connected to an IBM product Set the switch operating mode to Open Fabric 1 0 if connected to an open fabric compliant product manufactured by a different vendor 5 Loopback plug connected A loopback plug is connected to the port with no diagnostic test running Remove the loopback plug 6 N_ Port connection not allowed The switch is connected to a fabric element through a misconfigured port Change the port type to E_Port 7 Non IBM switch at other end The attached fabric element is not an IBM product Set the switch operating mode to Open Fabric 1 0 if connected to an open fabric compliant product manufactured by a different vendor 8 E Port capability disabled The product does not have E_Port capability Enable this functionality through the appropriate product feature enablement PFE key A Unauthorized port binding WWN The device WWN or nickname used to configure port binding for this port is not valid At the Configure Ports dialog box reconfigure the port with the WWN or nickname authorized for the attached device or disable the port binding feature
227. nse Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 255 Event code 204 Message Power supply DC voltage recovery Severity Informational Explanation DC voltage recovered for the power supply Both power supplies adjust to share operating load Action No action required Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 206 Message Power supply removed Severity Informational Explanation A power supply was removed while the switch was powered on and operational The second power supply assumes the full operating load Action No action required or install an operational power supply Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y 256 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 207 Message Power supply installed Severity Informational Explanation A redundant power supply was installed with the switch powered on and operational Both power supplies adjust to share operating load Action No action required Event data
228. nt Description The description of the security event Data User Name The user associated with the event IP The IP address of the product Role The role of the user Protocol The protocol that was used for the security event Open Trunking The Open Trunking Re Route Log records interswitch link ISL Re Route Log congestion events that cause Fibre Channel traffic to be routed through an alternate ISL Entries reflect the traffic re route status at the managed product 162 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Fabric Log Embedded Port Frame Log The following information can be obtained from the Open Trunking Re Route logs e Date Time The date and time the re route occurred e Receive Port The target port number decimal used for receiving Fibre Channel traffic after the re route e Target Domain The domain ID decimal of the target device to which Fibre Channel traffic from the product was rerouted e Old Exit Port The product port number decimal used for transmitting Fibre Channel traffic before the re route action e New Exit Port The product port number decimal used for transmitting Fibre Channel traffic after the re route action The Fabric Log records the time and nature of changes made to a multiswitch fabric The information is useful for isolating zoning or fabric wide problems The following information can be obtained from the fabric logs e Count The cumulativ
229. nvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 805 Message High temperature warning SBAR thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with an SBAR indicates the warm temperature threshold was reached or exceeded Action Replace the indicated SBAR with a functional assembly Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty assembly to support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv 284 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 806 Message Critically hot temperature warning SBAR thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with an SBAR indicates the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded Action Replace the indicated SBAR with a functional assembly Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty assembly to support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LE
230. o Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager NOTE Do not remove a power supply unless a replacement part is available To avoid product overheating a removed power supply must be replaced within five minutes Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The product is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 112 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 4 As indicated by event code 411 POST IPL diagnostics detected a firmware failure and performed an online dump All Fibre Channel ports reset after failure and devices momentarily logout login and resume operation Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP MAP 0300 Loss of server communication This MAP describes fault isolation for the product to browser PC Internet connection EFCM Basic Edition interface or the product to management server LAN connection One or more of the following indicate a failure e A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or similar message browser PC e The icon representing the product displays a grey square with an exclamation mark SAN management application e A grey square at the alert panel a No Link status and reason and no visible product CRUs Element Manager Hardware View
231. ode multimode 50 micron multimode 62 5 micron or Unknown The operating speed Not Established 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps 168 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Performance View The EFCM Basic Edition interface provides access to port statistics information through the Performance view To open this view select Performance from the Product menu Product gt Performance The following statistical information appears Table 26 Performance View Table w e Port transmit and receive values for frames Four byte words transmit and receive value for frames Offline sequences transmit and receive value for frames Link resets and link utilization percentage Time spent using no transmission buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit Traffic Statistics Error Statistics Class 2 Statistics Class 3 Statistics Number of Link failures Synchronization and signal losses Discarded frames Invalid transmission words Primitive sequence errors Cyclic redundancy check CRC errors Delimiter errors Address identification errors Short frames Number of 4 byte words transmitted and received Class 2 frames transmitted received busied or rejected Number of 4 byte words transmitted and received Class 3 frames transmitted received or discarded Open Trunking Statistics These statistics include the number of traffic flows rerouted to or from an ISL due to congestion Internal loopback test Follow the
232. oduct reporting the problem and select Element Manager from the pop up menu The Element Manager opens and the Hardware View displays e A grey square appears at the alert panel e No product CRUs are visible e The Status table is yellow the Status field displays No Link and the Reason field displays an error message listed in Table 11 Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 115 Table 11 MAP 300 error messages Error message Action Never connected Go to step 8 Link timeout Go to step 8 Protocol mismatch Go to step 15 Duplicate session Go to step 18 Unknown network address Go to step 21 Incorrect product type Go to step 23 8 Transmit or receive errors for the Ethernet adapter exceeded a threshold the link was not connected or the link timed out A problem with the Ethernet cable Ethernet hub s or other LAN attached device is indicated Verify the product is connected to the management server through one or more Ethernet hubs a Ensure an RJ 45 Ethernet cable connects the product to a hub If not connect the cable as directed by the customer b Ensure an RJ 45 Ethernet cable connects the management server to a hub If not connect the cable as directed by the customer c Ensure Ethernet cables are not damaged If damaged replace the cables Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The management server connection is restored Exit MAP 9 Does the conf
233. of significant system events to support personnel or administrators through e mail messages or the call home feature NOTE Call home may not be available with the enterprise version of EFCM if the customer server does not have a modem e SNMP management using the Fibre Channel Fabric Element MIB Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP MIB II definition RFC 1157 or a product specific private enterprise MIB that runs on the switch Up to six authorized management workstations can be configured through the EFCM Basic Edition interface or Element Manager application to receive unsolicited SNMP trap messages The trap messages indicate product operational state changes and failure conditions e Optional SNMP management using the Fibre Alliance MIB that runs on the management server Up to 12 authorized management workstations can be configured through the SAN management application to receive unsolicited SNMP trap messages The trap messages indicate operational state changes and failure conditions Tools and test equipment This section describes tools and test equipment that may be required to install test service and verify operation of the product and attached management server These tools are supplied with the product or must be supplied by service personnel Tools used with the product The following tools may be used to service the product e Door key A door key with 5 16 inch socket Figure 4 may
234. om hub instructions only Chapter 2 Installation tasks 21 i140M015 Figure 8 Patch cable and MDI selector configuration 4 Connect a power cord to an AC power strip and the receptacle at the rear of each hub Use an extension cord if required 5 Connect the AC power strip to facility power Power for each hub switches on when the strip is connected to facility AC power 6 Inspect the front panel of each hub Ensure that each green Power light emitting diode LED illuminates Rack mount installation You will need a pointed instrument pencil tip or bent paper clip 2 Phillips screwdriver and 1 8 inch Allen wrench for this procedure To install and configure up to three Ethernet hubs in a SANC40M cabinet or customer supplied 19 inch equipment rack use the following steps 1 Secure one mounting bracket to each side of the first hub as shown in Figure 9 Use the two brackets and four pan head Phillips screws 8 32 x 0 5 inch provided 22 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual i140M016 Figure 9 Mounting bracket installation Ethernet hub 2 Position the hub as directed by the customer Align screw holes in the mounting brackets with screw holes in the rack mount standards 3 Secure both sides of the hub to the rack mount standards Use the 1 8 inch Allen wrench and four Allen head mounting screws 10 32 x 0 5 inch provided 4 Repeat all previous steps in this procedure for the rema
235. omponent with an alcohol pad part 2 of Figure 45 Ensure that the pad makes full contact with the surface to be cleaned Wait approximately five seconds for cleaned surfaces to dry Repeat steps two and three second cleaning Repeat steps two and three third cleaning Reconnect the fiber optic cable to the optical transceiver The firmware version shipped with the product is provided on the System Version XX YY ZZ CD ROM The SAN management application software shipped with the product is provided on the EFC Management Applications CD ROM Subsequent upgrade firmware and software versions are provided to customers through IBM NOTE When upgrading firmware or software follow all procedural information contained in release notes or engineering change EC instructions that accompany the version Such information supplements information provided in this general procedure 1 4 Obtain the latest level of firmware at http www ibm com servers storage support san index htm 1 Locate the link for this switch and then select the link for downloading firmware Follow the instructions for downloading the firmware Transfer the downloaded firmware file to the rack mount management server or PC communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface Use a diskette CD ROM or other electronic means Install the firmware as described in this guide 158 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Port LED diagnostics
236. on 2 Gb sec and 4 2500 Gbps operation 4 Gb sec 2 Click OK to save and activate changes Configure port BB_Credit Follow the procedure in this section to configure a port to receive BB_Credits The switch provides two port buffer pools of 235 receive BB_Credits each 470 credits total Ports 0 through 3 8 through 11 16 through 19 and 24 through 27 share buffer pool zero Ports 4 through 7 12 through 15 20 through 23 and 28 through 31 share buffer pool one Each port can be assigned between two and 120 credits provided the 36 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Configure port NPIV Configure SNMP total credits allocated to all ports in a pool does not exceed 235 The default value is 12 credits per port To configure a port to receive BB_Credits use the following steps 1 Set all or a subset of user specified ports offline Refer to Set online state or Block or unblock a port for instructions 2 Select RX BB Credit from the Configure menu Configure gt Ports gt RX BB Credit The RX BB Credit view appears 3 Perform one of the following To set all offline ports to default values click Default To set an offline port to a user specified value type the desired value in the RX BB Credit column 4 Click OK to save and activate changes Set all or user specified ports online Refer to Set online state all or Block or unblock a port specified ports for instructions NPIV allows multiple
237. onds the switch performs a reset After three seconds the ERR LED blinks at twice the unit beaconing rate A reset is disruptive to Fibre Channel traffic and resets the e Microprocessor and functional logic for the CTP card and reloads the firmware from FLASH memory e Ethernet LAN interface causing the connection to the management server to drop momentarily until the connection automatically recovers e Ports causing all Fibre Channel connections to drop momentarily until the connections automatically recover This causes attached devices to log out and log back in therefore data frames lost during switch reset must be retransmitted Perform a reset only if a CTP card failure is indicated The button is flush mounted to protect against inadvertent activation Ethernet LAN connector The front panel has a 10 100 megabit per second Mbps RJ 45 twisted pair connector that attaches to an Ethernet LAN to provide communication with a management server or simple network management protocol SNMP workstation Chapter 1 General information The connector provides two green LEDs The left LED illuminates to indicate LAN operation at 10 Mbps The right LED illuminates to indicate operation at 100 Mbps Power and system error LEDs CRU status LEDs Maintenance port The PWR LED illuminates when the switch is connected to facility AC power and is operational the product does not have a power switch If the LED extinguishes a faci
238. one or more cooling fans are exceeding a determined threshold This indicates a possible fan failure Fan status polling is enabled hourly or following an IML or reset Action No immediate action required Monitor cooling fan operation or additional event codes indicating a fan failure Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Y Y Y Appendix A Event code tables 265 CTP card events 400 through 499 Event code 400 Message Power up diagnostics failure Severity Major Explanation Power on self tests POSTs detected a failed CRU as indicated by the event data Action If a CTP card failure is indicated replace the switch If a fan or power supply failure is indicated contact IBM to replace the power supply Perform a data collection and return the CD and faulty FRU to support personnel Event data Byte 0 CRU code as follows 02 CTP card 05 cooling fan 06 power supply assembly Byte 1 CRU slot number Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event code 410 Message Switch reset Severity Informational Explanation The swi
239. onfigured telephone numbers and close the dialog box Task 11 Assign user names and passwords In addition to password access for the Windows operating system users must be configured for SAN management application access To assign user names and passwords for the SAN management application EFCM use the following steps 1 Open the EFCM application The EFCM log in dialog box appears Type the SAN management application default user ID and password and select a server or IP address from the Network Address drop down list NOTE The default user ID is Administrator and the default password is password Both are case sensitive Click Login The application opens and the EFCM main window appears Select Users from the SAN menu SAN gt Users The EFCM Server Users dialog box appears Click Add The Add User dialog box appears Figure 29 62 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figure 29 Description Email Address a Email i Enable Filter User ID Secure Password Retype Password OK Cancel Help i24M1166 Add User dialog box 6 Enter information in fields as directed by the customer Description Type a new user name less than 16 alphanumeric characters Control characters and spaces are not valid The user name is case sensitive Email Address Type one or more new user e mail addresses Separate multiple addresses with a semicolon User ID Type a unique user ID f
240. oning dialog box a Select check Enable Zoning to enable FICON control unit port CUP zoning b Type the WWN of servers to be configured as partitioned hosts Partitioned host queries regarding status of zoned devices are filtered by zoning data c Click Activate to enable changes and close the dialog box Task 17 Set product date and time Log entries are stamped with the date and time received from the product 72 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual To set the date and time for the product using the Element Manager use the following steps 1 Select Operating Parameters from the Configure menu Configure gt Operating Parameters The Operating Parameters view appears 2 Click the Date Time tab Figure 35 Date and time can be set manually or set to be periodically updated by the SAN management application the product and application synchronize at least once daily Fabric Doman Mertification SNMP Oste Tme interfaces V Periodic Date Time Synchronization Syne Now 24M1168 Figure 35 Configure Date and Time dialog box 3 Use the following procedure to set the date and time manually a Disable uncheck the Periodic Date Time Synchronization check box The Date and Time fields become active b Change the date using the following format e Month MM 1 12 e Day DD 1 31 e Year YYYY greater than 1980 c Change the time using the following format e Hour HH 0 23 e Minute MM
241. operations ISL bouncing Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP and perform fault isolation at the attached switch Exit MAP e The E_Port is fenced because of application layer protocol errors Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP and perform fault isolation at the attached switch Exit MAP 18 An E_Port is fenced because devices connected to the attached fabric element are flooding the ISL with frames hot I O These link level problems are typically associated with legacy devices arbitrated loop devices or magnetic tape drives Perform one of the following e Disconnect the ISL Exit MAP e Refer to the manufacturers documentation and perform fault isolation at the attached device or fabric element Exit MAP e Change port fencing threshold settings to more lenient values Go to step 20 19 An E_Port is fenced because of persistent firmware related security violations SANtegrity binding or SANtegrity authentication failures a At the EFCM Basic Edition interface SAN management application or Element Manager change binding membership lists or authentication parameters as directed by the customer EFCM Basic Edition Refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 147 SAN management application Refer to the SANavigator Software Release 4 2 User Manual 621 000013 or EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 620 000170 for instructions Elemen
242. or the new user Secure password Type a password less than 16 alphanumeric characters Control characters and spaces are not valid The password is case sensitive Retype Password To confirm the password enter the password exactly as in the Secure Password field 7 Enable check the Enable check box to enable e mail notification for the new user 8 Select click the Filter link to configure event types for which e mail notification is sent The Define Filter dialog box appears For instructions on defining event filters refer to the EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 620 000170 9 Click OK to accept the information Close all dialog boxes and return to the EFCM main window Chapter 2 Installation tasks 63 Task 12 Configure the product to the management application The SAN management application should be able to discover and identify a new switch before starting to manage it Figure 30 For the SAN management application to identify the switch use the following steps 1 Select Setup from the Discover menu Discover gt Setup in the EFCM main window The Discover Setup dialog box appears Click Add The Address Properties dialog box appears with the IP Address page open by default Figure 30 IP Address SNMP Product Type and Access Description IP Address 172 26 3 158 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Data Source for Domain Use auto detection Use the server Use a specific RDC
243. ort Technology status is indicated by the number of installed ports For the description of a feature click the feature title in the Feature panel A description is displayed in the Feature Details panel Chapter 2 Installation tasks 43 Maintenance Feature Installation SANtegrity Binding Binding is a set of features that locks a fabric into an intended configuration Binding defends against malicious threats such as WWN spoofing for N Ports and E Ports as well as enabling two factor change management processes that improve system stability by locking out physical changes until they are authorized SANteagrity Authentication Open Trunking Contact Sales at 1 800 545 5773 i24M1147 Disable Feature Information Figure 21 Maintenance Feature Installation View 2 Type the key in the Feature Key field and click Update The interface refreshes and indicates the update changes in the Feature panel NOTE When OK is selected all features are updated with new features 44 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Configure security 3 Click OK The new PFE key s are activated the message Feature installation in process Your browser connection will be unavailable until unit restart is complete is displayed and the product performs a non disruptive to Fibre Channel traffic firmware reset After the product reset the message Feature installation complete Click here to login
244. ose Help i16M2017 extended information provides G bic details Table 29 Port Technology Table The director s port number Type of port connector LC Unknown or Internal Port Transceiver Type of port transceiver Shortwave Laser Longwave Laser Long Distance Laser Unknown or None Port transmission distance lt 50m 50M 2k 2k 10k 10k gt Type of optical cable used Singlemode multimode 50 micron multimode 62 5 micron or Unknown Operating speed Not Established 2 Gbps or 10 Gbps Extended Information a fay ewe Date Datecode Theda date pence used and pee link lengths that are possible based on the fiber type installed Fields are blank if Maximum length data is not available Chapter 4 Repair information 195 Internal loopback 196 test Figure 57 The procedure in this section describes how to perform an internal loopback test using the Element Manager An internal loopback test checks internal port serializer and deserializer circuitry and checks for the presence of an optical transceiver but does not check fiber optic components of the installed transceiver Operation of the attached device is disrupted during the test Notify the customer that a disruptive internal loopback test will be performed Ensure that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets attached devices offline To perform an internal loopback test using the Element M
245. ow appears Select Enable Web Server Enable Telnet Access in the window Click Add to add users who will be permitted to have EFCM Basic Edition interface Telnet access The Add Edit user window appears 86 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 4 Type the User ID and Password of the user to be added Confirm the password in the Retype field Click OK to return to the Configure Authentication Window 5 Click Apply The Security Change Confirmation Status Users window appears 6 Click Start to apply the settings Configure enable and test e mail notification Figure 42 Follow the procedures in this section to configure enable and test e mail and simple mail transfer protocol SMTP addresses to receive event notifications Configuration and test are performed at the SAN management application E mail notification is enabled at the Element Manager application To configure enable and test e mail notification using the SAN Management application EFCM use the following steps 1 Select Email from the Monitor menu Monitor gt Event Notification gt Email The Email Event Notification Setup dialog box appears Figure 42 Enable E mail Event Notification E mail Server Reply Address unknown unknown com Summary interval 0 minutes vV E mail Test Options Send to Send to all users enabled for notification User List OK Cancel Help i24M1184 Email Event Notification Setup dialog box 2 Select the Ena
246. owing columns e Port The product s port number e FC Address The logical port address hexadecimal format e Name The user defined name or description for the port 190 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Froduct Configure Logs Maintenance Help Hardware Port List NodeList Performance FRU List Port FC Address Name 00_ 5 NDERON gt pos Biock Config State Type Operating Speed Alert j Unblocked Online E_Port 4 Gb s Unblocked No Light GX_Port Not Established Unblocked No Light GX_Port Not Established Unblocked Invalid Attachment GX_Port 4 Gb s A Unblocked No Light GX Port Not Established Unblocked No Light GX _Port Not Established Unblocked No Light GX _Port Not Established Unblocked No Light GX _Port Not Established TE i16M2015 Figure 54 Performance View Port List View e Block Config Indicates if a port is blocked or unblocked e State The port state Online Offline Not Installed Inactive Invalid Attachment Link Reset No Light Not Operational Port Failure Segmented E_Port or Testing e Type The type of port GX_Port FX_Port G_Port F_Port or E_Port e Operating Speed The operating speed of the port Not Established 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps e Alert If link incident LIN alerts are configured a yellow triangle appears in the column when a link incident occurs A yellow triangle also appears if beaconing is enabled A r
247. p messages to ensure against unauthorized viewing Chapter 2 Installation tasks 83 d Enable check the Write Authorization column to enable write authorization for the trap recipient default is disabled When enabled a configured user can change sysContact sysName and sysLocation SNMP variables e Type the IP address or DNS host name of the trap recipient SNMP management workstation in the Trap Recipient field It is recommended that the IP address be used f Type a decimal port number in the UDP Port Number field to specify the UDP port number 3 Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box Configure threshold alerts Follow the procedures in this section to set the threshold alerts for the product using the Element Manager A threshold alert notifies users when E_Port or F_Port transmit Tx or receive Rx throughput reaches or exceeds a specified value Alerts are indicated by e Anattention indicator yellow triangle associated with a port at the Hardware view Port List view or Port Properties dialog box e Data recorded in the Threshold Alert Log To configure threshold alerts use the following steps 1 Select Threshold Alerts from the Configure menu Configure gt Threshold Alerts The Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box appears If alerts are configured they display in table format showing the alert name type and state 2 Click New The New Threshold Alert dialog box appears
248. p to 256 Fibre Channel addresses to be assigned to a node N_Port 4 Click OK to save the information and close the dialog box 5 Set the product online Refer to Set online state for instructions Configure fabric parameters Follow the procedures in this section to configure fabric operating parameters To configure the fabric operating parameters use the following steps 1 2 Set the product offline Refer to Set online state for instructions Select Operating Parameters from the Configure menu Configure gt Operating Parameters The Operating Parameters dialog box appears Click the Fabric tab Figure 38 78 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Fabric Domain Identification SNMP Date Time Interfaces RA TOY ED TOY Switch Priority Interop Mode ISL Cost 100 20 Default v Fabric 1 0 anii By Port Speed nor 24M1170 OK Cancel Help Figure 38 Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box a Typea value between 10 1200 tenths of a second 1 120 seconds in the R_A_TOV field This value must be greater than the E_D_TOV value b Type a value between 2 600 tenths of a second 0 2 60 seconds in the E_D_TOV field This must be greater lesser than the R_A_TOV value NOTE Fabric elements must be set to the same R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV values An ISL between fabric elements with different values segments and prevents communication c Select from the Switch Priority drop down list to ass
249. platform with Internet communication to the product resident EFCM Basic Edition interface The interface allows service personnel to perform configuration tasks view system alerts and related log information and monitor switch status port status and performance CRU status and system alert information are highly visible Optional management server running a SAN management application that provides a central point of control for up to 48 switches or managed products A customer supplied PC or workstation with client applications installed communicates with the server through a through a corporate intranet Customer supplied PC or UNIX based platform with the server and client SAN management and Element Manager applications installed by the customer An optional management server can be installed to run EFCM Basic The minimum specifications are described below Chapter 1 General information Management server specifications Minimum specifications Recommended specifications This section summarizes minimum and recommended hardware specifications for a management server Servers may ship with more enhanced hardware such as a faster processor additional random access memory RAM or a higher capacity hard drive Minimum server specifications are A rack mount server running the Intel Pentium 4 processor with a 2 gigahertz GHz or greater clock speed using the Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional with service pa
250. plorer 4 0 or higher As an option the switch is managed through a one unit 1U high rack mount management server running a Java based SAN management application SANavigator 4 2 or EFCM 8 7 or later and the switch Element Manager application Multiple switches and the management server communicate on a local area network LAN through one or more 10 100 Base T Ethernet hubs The 24 port Ethernet hubs are optional and ordered with the switch Up to three hubs are daisy chained as required to provide additional Ethernet connections as more switches or other managed products are installed on a network Field replaceable units The switch provides a modular design that enables quick removal and replacement of FRUs including small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceivers and power supply assemblies Figure 1 illustrates the front of the switch and shows the 1 Ethernet LAN connector 2 RESET button 3 Chassis ground GND connector 4 Green power PWR light emitting diode LED 5 Amber system error ERR LED 6 SFP optical transceivers 32 2 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figure 1 SAN32M 2 front view i32M2001 Figure 2 illustrates the rear of the switch and shows the 1 RS 232 maintenance port 2 Power supply assemblies with internal cooling fans 2 i24M1005 Figure 2 SAN32M 2 rear view SFP transceiver Singlemode or multimode fiber optic cables attach to swit
251. power supply assemblies with internal cooling fans These redundant load sharing assemblies step down and rectify facility input power to provide 12 volts direct current VDC to the control processor CTP card The power supplies also provide input filtering overvoltage protection and overcurrent protection Either power supply can be replaced while the switch is operational Each power supply has a separate connection to the CTP card to allow for independent AC power sources The power supplies are input rated at 90 to 264 volts alternating current VAC Three cooling fans integrated in each power supply six fans total provide cooling for the power supplies and CTP card as well as redundancy for continued operation if a single fan fails Fans are removed and replaced as part of the integrated power supply 4 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Controls connectors and indicators RESET button Controls connectors and indicators for the switch include the e RESET button e Ethernet LAN connector e Green PWR and amber ERR LEDs e Green and amber status LEDs associated with CRUs e RS 232 maintenance port e Chassis ground GND connector When the RESET button is pressed held for three seconds and released the switch performs an initial machine load IML that reloads the firmware from FLASH memory This operation is not disruptive to Fibre Channel traffic When the RESET button is pressed and held for ten sec
252. procedure in this section to perform an internal loopback test using the EFCM Basic Edition An internal loopback test checks internal port serializer and deserializer circuitry and checks for the presence of an optical transceiver but does not check fiber optic components of the installed transceiver Operation of the attached device is disrupted during the test Chapter 4 Repair information 169 170 Figure 47 Notify the customer that a disruptive internal loopback test will be performed Ensure that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached device offline To perform an internal loopback test using the EFCM Basic Edition use the following steps NOTE A small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver must be installed in the port during the test A device can remain connected during the test 1 Select Diagnostics from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Ports gt Diagnostics The Diagnostics view appears Figure 47 Maintenance gt Ports gt Diagnostics Targeted Port Number is Diagnostic Test intemal Loopback a Device applications should be terminated before starting diagnostics Enter Targeted Port Number select a Diagnostics Test and press Start Port Diagnostics to begin test i16M2008 of Diagnostics View 2 Type the port number to be tested in the Targeted Port Number field Select the Internal Loop
253. product Chapter 2 Installation tasks 45 e RADIUS Use the RADIUS Server view Security gt RADIUS to configure up to three remote authentication dial in user service RADIUS servers A RADIUS server stores and authenticates passwords and CHAP secrets e Enterprise Fabric Mode Use the Enterprise Fabric Mode view Security gt Enterprise Fabric Mode to enable or disable Enterprise Fabric Mode EFM Fabric binding is activated when EFM is enabled e Fabric binding Use the Fabric Binding view Security gt Fabric Binding to lock parameters of a fabric in accordance with the user configuration Fabric binding creates a membership list of element director or switch Domain_IDs and worldwide names WWNs that can communicate with the product e Switch binding Use the Switch Binding view Security gt Switch Binding to create a membership list of node device WWNs that can attach to the product The specified connection policy restricts product access through E_Ports F_Ports or in general all ports e Port binding Use the Port Binding view Security gt Port Binding to bind an attached device WWN to a product Fibre Channel port To configure optional features refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions Configure interswitch links This section describes optional ISL performance features configured through Configure menu selections The ISL performance features include e Open Trunking
254. protocol error Go to step 11 05 No principal switch Go to step 13 06 No response from attached switch hello timeout Go to step 14 Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 141 8 An E_Port segmented because the error detect time out value E_D_TOV or resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV is incompatible with the attached fabric element a Contact customer support or engineering personnel to determine the recommended E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV values for both fabric elements b Inform the customer both products will be set offline Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets attached devices offline c Set both products offline Refer to Set online state EFCM Basic Edition or Set online state Element Manager d For the first product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Switch and Fabric Parameters from the Configure menu at any view The Fabric Parameters View displays Element Manager Select Operating Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the Configure menu at any view The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box displays e Type the recommended E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV values then click OK or Activate f Repeat steps d and e at the second product attached to the segmented E_Port Use the same E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV values g Set both products online Refer to Set online state EFCM Basic Edition or Set online state Element Manager
255. ption from the Configure menu Configure gt Open Trunking in the Element Manager to optimize ISL bandwidth The feature monitors data rates congestion and BB_Credit starvation through multiple ISLs and load balances traffic from congested to uncongested links accordingly e Preferred path Use the Preferred Path option from the Configure menu Configure gt Preferred Path in the Element Manager to specify and configure one or more ISL data paths between multiple fabric elements At each fabric element a preferred path consists of a source port exit port and destination Domain_ID e Port fencing Use the Port Fencing option from the Configure menu Configure gt Port Fencing in EFCM to minimize ISLs that bounce repeatedly attempt to establish a connection causing disruptive fabric rebuilds Fencing defines a bounce threshold that when reached automatically blocks the disruptive E_Port For more information configuring optional features refer to the EFC Manager Software Release 8 9 User Manual 620 000170 for instructions If no additional options or features are to be configured go to Task 19 Back up configuration data Task 19 Back up configuration data For the Sanavigator application critical configuration data is stored on the management server hard drive in the following directories e C Program Files SA Navigator 4 2 CallHome e C Program Files SANavigator 4 2 Client e C Program Files SANavigator 4 2 Server
256. r type http xxx xxx xxx xxx where XXX XXX XXX XXX is the product IP address obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP The Username and Password Required dialog box appears c Type the user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP and click OK If the EFCM Basic Edition interface does not open wait five minutes and perform this step again Is the EFCM Basic Edition interface operational NO YES 1 The Internet connection is restored Exit MAP Failure of the Ethernet port is indicated Replace the switch Exit MAP 114 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 5 A status icon grey square with yellow exclamation mark appears at the SAN management application indicating the management server cannot communicate with the product because e The server to PC Internet link could not be established e AC power distribution for the product failed or AC power was disconnected e The product CTP card failed Continue to the next step 6 Ensure the product is connected to facility power Inspect the product for indications of being powered on such as e An illuminated PWR LED green or ERR LED amber e Illuminated LEDs adjacent to Fibre Channel ports e Noise and airflow from cooling fans Is the product powered on YES NO 1 A power distribution problem is indicated Go to MAP 0100 Power distribution analysis Exit MAP 7 At the SAN management application s physical map right click the status icon for the pr
257. r grounded 6 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Switch specifications Physical characteristics Storage and shipping environment This section lists physical characteristics storage and shipping environment operating environment and service clearances Dimensions Height 4 1 centimeters 1 6 inches or 1 rack unit Width 43 7 centimeters 17 2 inches Depth 39 4 centimeters 15 5 inches Weight 6 8 kilograms 15 0 pounds Power requirements Input voltage 90 to 264 VAC Input current 0 35 amps at 208 VAC Input frequency 47 to 63 Hz Heat dissipation 71 watts 242 BTUs hr Cooling airflow clearances switch chassis Right and left side 1 3 centimeters 0 5 inches Front and rear 7 6 centimeters 3 0 inches Top and bottom No clearance required Shock and vibration tolerance 60 Gs for 10 milliseconds without nonrecoverable errors Acoustical noise 70 dB A scale Inclination 109 maximum Protective packaging must be provided to protect the switch under all shipping methods domestic and international Shipping temperature 400 C to 60 C 40 F to 1409 F Chapter 1 General information Storage temperature 19 C to 609 C 349 F to 140 F Shipping relative humidity 5 to 100 Storage relative humidity 5 to 80 Maximum wet bulb temperature 299 C 84 F Altitude 12 192 meters 40 000 feet Operating Temperature environment 49 C to 40 C 40 F to 104 F Relati
258. r fabric element or management server go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem for that product Exit MAP e If the problem is associated with an unrelated device inform the customer for problem resolution Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The management server connection is restored Exit MAP 14 The Ethernet adapter on the product CTP card reset in response to an error The connection to the management server terminated briefly then recovered upon reset Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP 118 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 15 A protocol mismatch occurred because the SAN management application and the product firmware are not at compatible release levels Recommend that the customer upgrade the downlevel version software or firmware Does the SAN management application require upgrade YES NO L Go to step 17 16 Upgrade the SAN management application Refer to Install or upgrade software Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The management server connection is restored Exit MAP 17 Product firmware upgrade is required Refer to Upgrade firmware EFCM Basic Edition or Upgrade firmware Element Manager Perform a data collection after the upgrade Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance dat
259. r in Fan2 FRU type has failed Severity Major Explanation The first of two fan propellers is no longer operational The remainder of the fan propellers in the FAN2 FRU are operational If present the LED on the associated fan module is turned off The event only applies to Fuji32 switches which has a mix of Fan and Fan2 devices It is not an indication of the state of the FAN single blade FRUs Action Replace the FAN2 FRU immediately Event Data Byte 0 Failed fan blade number Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv 260 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 307 Message A cooling fan propeller in Fan2 FRU type has failed Severity Major Explanation The second of two fan propellers is no longer operational Both propellers have failed or the FRU has been removed The LED on the associated fan module is turned off The event only applies to Fuji32 switches which has a mix of Fan and Fan2 devices It is not an indication of the state of the FAN single blade FRUs Action Replace the FAN2 FRU immediately Event Data Byte 0 Failed fan blade number Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv
260. r transmitting Fibre Channel traffic before the re route e New Exit Port The port number decimal used for transmitting Fibre Channel traffic after the re route Embedded Port The Embedded Port Log records all Fibre Channel frames transmitted Log _ through the product s embedded port including Class F traffic fabric logins state change notifications and exception frames The information is useful for Fibre Channel frame debugging usually performed by second level support The following information can be obtained from the Embedded Port logs e Date Time The date and time frame was transmitted through the embedded port e Port The Fibre Channel port number decimal used for transmitting frame through the embedded port e Direction The Fibre Channel frame direction In or Out e Frame Header 24 byte frame header hexadecimal e Length The size of frame payload in bytes e Payload The first 32 bytes of frame payload hexadecimal e SOF The start of frame character hexadecimal e EOF The end of frame character hexadecimal NOTE Identical entries are recorded in the wrapping and non wrapping logs When the non wrapping log fills old records are overwritten The wrapping log preserves all records 188 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Switch Fabric Log Syslog Configuration The Switch Fabric Log records the time and nature of changes made to a multiswitch fabric that affect thi
261. ranch office your IBM business partner or your authorized remarketer When you send comments to IBM you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute your comments in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you IBM or any other organizations will only use the personal information that you supply to contact you about the issues that you state on this form Comments Thank you for your support Submit your comments using one of these channels Send your comments to the address on the reverse side of this form If you would like a response from IBM please fill in the following information Name Address Company or Organization Phone No E mail address Readers Comments We d Like to Hear from You GC26 7763 03 Fold and Tape Please do not staple Fold and Tape BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 40 ARMONK NEW YORK POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE International Business Machines Corporation Information Development Department GZW 9000 South Rita Road Tucson Arizona U S A 85744 0002 NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES Fold and Tape GC26 7763 03 Please do not staple Fold and Tape a a a a a a a es ee ee Cut or Fold Along Line Cut or Fold Along Line Printed in USA GC26 7763 03
262. ransmitter technology Byte 19 distance capability Byte 20 supported transmission media Byte 21 and 22 speed capability Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Y Y Event code 507 Message Loopback diagnostics port failure Severity Informational Explanation A loopback diagnostic test detected a Fibre Channel port failure Action No action required An event code 506 is generated if this diagnostic failure results in a hard port failure Event data Byte 0 port number Bytes 8 11 reason code specific Byte 1 engineering reason code Byte 12 test type Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 508 Message Fibre Channel port anomaly detected Severity Informational Explanation The switch detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or status of the indicated Fibre Channel port Action No action required An event code 506 is generated if this anomaly results in a hard port failure 274 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event data Byte 0 port number Byte 1 anomaly reason code Bytes 4 7 e
263. re basic port information use the following steps 1 Select Basic Info from the Configure menu Configure gt Ports gt Basic Info The Basic Information view appears Figure 16 a Type a port name 24 alphanumeric characters or less for each port to be configured in the Name field The port name should characterize the device to which the port is attached b Enable the check box in the Blocked column if you want to block a port default is unblocked c Disable the check box in the Fabric Address Notify column if you want to disable the feature default is enabled When enabled an FL_Port transmits FAN frames after loop initialization to ensure that FC AL devices are still logged in Chapter 2 Installation tasks 35 Configure gt Ports gt Basic Information E mao a gO Port laja jojnjajo ola ia Blocked oo ho a fe a ilalalalala alalala 1Jalalalalalalalalalala i16M2011 Figure 16 Basic Information View d Select from the drop down list in the Type column to configure the port type The available options are fabric port F_Port expansion port E_Port generic port G_Port generic mixed port GX_Port and fabric mixed port FX_Port Select from the drop down list in the Speed column to configure the port transmission rate The available options are auto negotiate between 1 0625 and 2 1250 Gbps operation Negotiate 1 0625 Gbps operation 1 Gb sec 2 1250 Gbps operati
264. re the customer s system administrator sets any attached device offline 2 If the product is not rack mounted go to step 3 If the product is rack mounted perform one of the following Ifthe product is installed in an equipment cabinet insert the 5 16 inch door tool into the socket hole at the right top of the door front or rear Turn the tool counter clockwise to unlock and open the door If the product is installed in a customer supplied equipment cabinet unlock and open the cabinet door front or rear as directed by the customer representative 3 Identify the defective port transceiver from An illuminated amber LED adjacent to the port 216 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface port failure information displayed at the Hardware View Port List View or Event Log At the management server Element Manager application port failure information displayed at the Hardware View Port List View Port Properties dialog box or Event Log Block communication to the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port SAN management application for instructions Ensure an ESD grounding cable is connected to the product chassis or approved bench ground and your wrist Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the port a Pull the keyed LC connector free from the port s optical transceiv
265. reason code Byte 2 optic type Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 optic serial number Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 513 Message Optical transceiver hot removal completed Severity Informational Explanation An optical transceiver was removed while the switch was powered on and operational Action No action required Event data Byte 0 port number Byte 2 optic type Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 optic serial number Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Event code 514 Message Optical transceiver failure Severity Major Explanation An optical transceiver failed The amber LED corresponding to the port illuminates to indicate the failure Ports with LEDs extinguished remain operational Action Replace the failed transceiver 276 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event data Byte 0 port number Byte 1 engineering reason code Byte 2 optic type Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 optic serial number Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM
266. remove a redundant external power supply 1 If the product is not rack mounted go to step 2 If the product is rack mounted unlock and open the cabinet door front or rear as directed by the customer representative 220 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Figure 68 2 Identify the defective power supply from Observing that the green LED on the FRU is off Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface or at the management server Element Manager application FRU failure information displayed at the Hardware View FRU List View or Event Log 3 Disconnect the AC power cord from facility power DANGER Multiple power cords L003 4 Disengage and remove the power supply a Disengage the locking mechanism by rotating both finger handles outward 90 degrees as shown in part 1 of Figure 68 b Use the finger handles to pull the power supply out of the switch chassis as shown in part 2 of Figure 68 Support the power supply as it is pulled from the chassis i24M1111 Redundant power supply removal and replacement 5 Inspect the Event Log Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface select Event from the Logs menu Chapter 5 Removal and replacement procedures 221 At the management server Element Manager application select Event Log from the Logs menu The following event codes appear e 200 Power supply AC voltage failure
267. rform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP 4 As indicated by event code 061 a minor error occurred that caused the Fabric Controller database to be re initialized to an empty state and fail CRC validation The product briefly lost interswitch link capability Interswitch links resume operation after CTP reset Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP 5 As indicated by event code 062 Fabric Controller software detected a path to another fabric element director or switch that traverses more than three interswitch links hops Fibre Channel frames may persist in the fabric longer than timeout values allow Advise the customer of the problem and reconfigure the fabric so the path between any two fabric elements does not traverse more than three hops Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 6 As indicated by event code 063 Fabric Controller software detected e A fabric element with more than 32 ISLs SAN management application Version 3 2 or earlier e A fabric element with more than 128 ISLs SAN management application Version 3 3 or later 140 SAN32M
268. rkstations are available optional Workstations are customer supplied and connected through a public or dedicated LAN segment Chapter 2 Installation tasks 19 Task 2 Unpack inspect and install the Ethernet hub optional The product is managed through either or An Internet connection to a browser capable PC EFCM Basic Edition interface Connection of a LAN segment with multiple switches to the Internet may require installation of a 24 port Ethernet hub A 10 100 megabit per second Mbps LAN connection to a management server Connectivity may require installation of a 24 port Ethernet hub A combination of up to 48 products can be configured and managed on one network Therefore multiple daisy chained hubs may be required to provide sufficient port connections The following paragraphs provide instructions to unpack inspect and install one or more Ethernet hubs If the existing Ethernet LAN segment is adequate for connectivity and a hub is not delivered this task is not required Go to Task 3 Unpack inspect and install the product If the hub is delivered in an equipment cabinet go to Task 5 Configure product network information optional Unpack and inspect Ethernet hub Unpack and inspect Ethernet hub s as follows 1 Inspect shipping container s for damage Ensure that a freight carrier representative is present when the container is opened Unpack shipping container s and inspect each item for
269. rmation Select the desired log from the options in the Logs menu in the EFCM Basic web interface Logs with maintenance information are e Event e Link Incident e Audit e Security 160 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event Log Link Incident Log e Open Trunking Re Route e Fabric e Embedded Port Frame e All e Syslog Configuration The Event Log displays events or errors Entries reflect the status of the management interface and managed product The following information can be obtained from the event logs e Date Time The date and time the event occurred e Error Code The three digit code that describes the event Event codes are listed and described in Appendix A Event code tables e Severity The severity of the event Informational Minor Major or Severe e Event Data Supplementary information if available in hexadecimal format Event data is described in Appendix A Event code tables The Link Incident Log records Fibre Channel link incident events and causes The following information can be obtained from the link incident logs e Date Time The date and time the link incident occurred e Port The port number that reported the link incident e Link Incident Event A brief description of the link incident and cause including Implicit incident Bit error threshold exceeded Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Not operational primitive sequence rec
270. rnet or Ethernet LAN access is required To open the interface d Connect the Ethernet patch cable supplied with the product to the RJ 45 connector labelled 10 100 at the front panel Connect the remaining end of the Ethernet cable to the Internet or LAN segment as directed by the customer If the hub installed in Task 2 Unpack inspect and install the Ethernet hub optional provides connectivity connect the cable to any available hub port Launch the browser application Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer on the PC Enter the default Internet Protocol IP address of the switch 10 1 1 10 as the uniform resource locator URL The Enter Network Password dialog box appears Type the case sensitive default user name Administrator and password password and click OK The First Time Login view appears Type customer specified values in the User Name New Password and Confirm Password fields then click Activate The Topology view appears with status information about each fabric element including the product to be configured Click Switch Details The Hardware view appears Figure 10 Chapter 2 Installation tasks 27 Product gt Hardware Front View Rear View J J fon i rs LJ 2 oO y gt o Laaa c ad woes ae Name Description Fibre Channel Switch Location End User Premise Contact End User Contact World Wide Name 10 00 08 00 88 01 0E D1 Type Number Mode
271. roduct could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of the controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure C026 CAUTION Data processing environments can contain equipment transmitting on system links with laser modules that operate at greater than Class 1 power levels For this reason never look into the end of an optical fiber cable or open receptacle C027 Environmental notices Product recycling and disposal Use the environmental statements and warning in this section to guide you when using this product and in properly disposing of the product and its components This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national regulations IBM encourages owners of information technology IT equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed IBM offers a variety of product return programs and services in several countries to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products Information on IBM product recycling offerings can be found on IBM s Internet site at http www ibm com ibm environment products prp shtml Esta unidad debe reciclarse o desecharse de acuerdo con lo establecido en la normativa nacional o local aplicable IBM About this book xxiii recomienda a los propietarios de equipos de tecnologia d
272. roduct icon at the physical map Product ID The Product ID of the switch Previous Status The status of the product prior to the change Operational Degraded Failed Out of Band Online or Unknown An Unknown status indicates the SAN management application cannot communicate with the product New Status The status of the product after the change Operational Degraded Failed Out of Band Online or Unknown The sessions log provides information about the different sessions in the fabric The following information can be obtained from the sessions logs Date time The date time at which the session was established or terminated Description The description of the session Chapter 4 Repair information 183 User The name of the user who initiated or terminated the session Network Address The network address of the machine hosting the EFCM application from which the session was established or terminated Security The security log displays security information The following information can be obtained from the security logs Severity The severity level of the event Informational Warning or Fatal User The user associated with the event Reason The reason code for the event Description The description of the security event Date and Time The date and time that the event occurred The format is yyyy mm dd hh mm ss tt The last two characters hundredth of seconds are needed due to possible higher
273. roduct is set offline all ports are set offline and operation of attached Fibre Channel devices is disrupted The product transmits the OLS to attached devices and the devices cannot log in NOTE Do not set the product offline unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support To set the product online or offline using Element Manager use the following steps 1 Select Set Online State from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Set Online State The Set Online State dialog box appears Figure 60 Chapter 4 Repair information 201 Current state is ONLINE 16M2021 Set Offline Cancel Figure 60 Set Online State dialog box 2 Perform one of the following to set the product online or offline Click Set Online A warning dialog box appears with the current status of the director as online or offline Click OK Click Set Offline A warning dialog box appears with the current status of the director as online or offline Click OK Block or unblock a port Follow the procedure in this section to block or unblock a Fibre Channel port using the Element Manager Blocking a port prevents an attached device or fabric element from communicating A blocked port continuously transmits the OLS To block or unblock a port or port card using the Element Manager use the following steps 1 Click the Hardware tab The Hardware view for the selected switch appears 2 Move the cursor over the
274. rs Bits per second 115200 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control Hardware or None Click OK The New Connection HyperTerminal window appears Type the user password default is password at the gt prompt and press Enter The password is case sensitive The New Connection HyperTerminal window appears with software and hardware version information for the product and a C gt prompt at the bottom of the window Type the ipconfig command at the C gt prompt and press the Enter key The New Connection HyperTerminal window appears with the following configuration information MAC Address IP Address default is 10 1 1 10 Subnet Mask default is 255 0 0 0 Gateway Address default is 0 0 0 0 Auto Negotiate Speed Duplex Only the IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway Address fields are configurable Change the IP address subnet mask and gateway address as directed by the customer To change the addresses type the following at the C gt prompt and press Enter Chapter 2 Installation tasks 49 11 12 13 14 15 16 ipconfig XXX XXX XXX AXX YYY YYY YYY YYY ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ The IP address is xxx xxx xxx xxx the subnet mask is yyy yyy yyy yyy and the gateway address is ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ where the octets xxx yyy and zzz are decimals from zero through 255 If an address is to remain unchanged type the current address in
275. rver database invalid Go to step 3 061 Fabric Controller database invalid Go to step 4 062 Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded Go to step 5 063 Remote switch has too many ISLs Go to step 6 070 E Portis segmented Go to step 7 071 Switch is isolated Go to step 7 072 E Port connected to unsupported switch Go to step 15 082 Port fenced Go to step 16 140 Congestion detected on an ISL Go to step 21 142 Low BB_Credit detected on an ISL Go to step 21 150 Fabric merge failure Go to step 22 2 A minor error occurred that caused the Fabric Services database to be re initialized to an empty state and a disruptive fabric logout and login occurred for all attached devices Indications are e Event code 011 The Login Server database failed cyclic redundancy check CRC validation e Event code 021 The Name Server database failed CRC validation Devices resume operation after fabric login Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 139 3 As indicated by event code 051 a minor error occurred that caused the Management Server database to be re initialized to an empty state and fail CRC validation A disruptive server logout and login occurred for all attached devices Devices resume operation after Management Server login Pe
276. rver desktop The Log On to Windows dialog box appears NOTE Do not simultaneously press the Ctrl Alt and Delete keys This action logs the user on to the browser capable PC not the server f Type the default Windows user name and password and click OK The server s Windows desktop opens and the EFCM Log In dialog box appears Chapter 2 Installation tasks 93 NOTE The default Windows user name is Administrator and the default password is password Both are case sensitive g Type the SAN management application default user ID and password and select a server or IP address from the Network Address drop down list NOTE The default user ID is Administrator and the default password is password Both are case sensitive 6 Click Login The application opens and the EFCM main window appears 7 Remove the base restore CD from the CD RW drive and store in a safe location Insert a blank rewritable CD into the CD RW drive and format the CD Refer to step 1 for formatting instructions 8 Go to Task 20 Cable Fibre Channel ports Task 20 Cable Fibre Channel ports Follow the procedures in this section to cable Fibre Channel ports and connect devices To cable Fibre Channel ports and connect devices use the following steps 1 Route fiber optic jumper cables from customer specified Fibre Channel devices FC AL devices or fabric elements to product ports 2 Connect device cables to SFP optical port tr
277. s 255 0 0 0 e Gateway address default is blank e DNS server IP address default is blank d Default computer name MGMTSERVER or changed computer name was recorded 2 User passwords and other information were recorded while performing Task 8 Configure Windows operating system users 3 Date and time information was recorded while performing Task 9 Set management server date and time Chapter 2 Installation tasks 65 a Time zone was recorded b Management server was set to automatically adjust the clock for daylight savings time changes 4 Record the product s ID number a Open the System Properties dialog box by double clicking the System icon in the Windows control panel Start gt Settings gt Control Panel The System Properties dialog box appears with the General tab open by default b Note down the product s ID number listed under the Registered to heading c Close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop Task 14 Verify product to server communication 66 Communication must be verified between the product and server SAN management and Element Manager applications To ensure that a communication has been established between the product and the server use the following steps 1 Inspect the shape and color of the status symbol associated with the product icon in the SAN management application main window physical map or product list Table 4 explains operational s
278. s 6 CRU status LEDS cropian naaa a settee aia 6 Maintenance Port c ccccccccseesescscsesesescscscsesssescsessseseeceescseseseeeeeses 6 Chassis ground COnnector cscccsesesesteteseeceteseeeecenesesesneteeseeeenes 6 SWitch Specifications oeisicsceccecdscstsesestcacseseutscsnsecsvdscsesvasstsedesnscteseuestietes 7 Maintenance approaCh sssnssesissieniesniei 8 Switch ManageMENt ssyssisinsi nisor i iiaeia 9 Management Serv f ennie api ia Pa Pa 9 Management server specifications cccccceeeneteesestetetenees 10 Ethernet hub optional sss ssssssssesssssissssssesissesnsssssirsensesssese 11 Error detection reporting and serviceability features 12 Tools and test CQUIPMENE ccccsesesseesesteteeeeceesesesteneneseseeeeeseseeeens 13 Tools used with the Product ccccccceecceseeseetenetesesesneneesceees 13 Tools supplied by service personnel cccceeeeeteteteeeeees 15 Installation tasks Factory defaultne icenean a innate cies 17 Installation task summary ccccese cesses cs eseeeeseseseeeeeceeseee 17 Task 1 Verify installation requirement ccceeceeeeseteeee eee 19 Task 2 Unpack inspect and install the Ethernet hub optional 20 Unpack and inspect Ethernet Hub teteneeeenes 20 Desktop installations nsii nsii oi aeaiia 21 Rack mount installation ccccccccccccescessecescecsscecseceseeeseeeesenes 22 Task 3 Unpack inspect and install the product 24 Unpack and inspec
279. s are provided for e Front accessible CRUs e Rear accessible CRUs e Miscellaneous parts e Power cords and receptacles Exploded view illustrations portray the switch disassembly sequence for clarity Illustrated CRUs are numerically keyed to associated tabular part lists The lists also include part numbers descriptions and quantities 225 Front accessible FRUs Figure 69 illustrates front accessible FRUs 1 Contact IBM to order appropriate SFPs NOTE For longwave SFPs use these part numbers LW 4 Gpbs 4 Km use 23R1449 LW 4 Gbps 10Km use 23R1450 and LW 2 Gpbs use 19K1281 For shotwave SPFs use these part numbers SW 2 Gpbs 19K1280 and SW 4 Gps 77P2964 For additional information contact IBM i32M2002 Figure 69 Front accessible SFPs 226 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Rear accessible FRUs Figure 70 illustrates rear accessible FRUs Table 30 is the associated FRU parts list The table includes reference numbers to Figure 70 FRU part numbers descriptions and quantities i24M1111 Figure 70 Rear accessible FRUs When ordering spare parts note e If the serial number of the switch ends with an alphabetic character you must install parts with part numbers only from column A e For other serial numbers you can install parts with part numbers from either column A or column B Chapter 6 Illustrated parts breakdown 227 Table 30 Rear accessible FRU parts li
280. s product The following information can be obtained from the Switch Fabric logs e Date Time The date and time the change occurred Timing granularity is provided to one hundredth of a second e Description The description of the zoning or fabric change e Event Data Supplementary event data that provides additional information that varies according to the even logged e Ports RSCN only The list of product ports affected by registered state change notifications RSCNs related to the event NOTE Identical entries are recorded in the wrapping and non wrapping logs When the non wrapping log fills old records are overwritten The wrapping log preserves all records Using the Syslog Configuration you can choose to generate only the required types of logs The syslog configuration option displays the Syslog Configuration dialog box This dialog box has two tabs Recipients Logs To enable syslog transmitting click the Enable syslog transmitting check box If the firmware does not support syslog a message appears saying that this feature is not supported in this release e Recipients Tab The Recipients tab displays the number of IP Address rows that are supported by the firmware IP Address Type the IP Address for the device that is to receive the log information Type in a new IP address or edit an existing IP address Facility Select a facility from the dropdown list Click the Activate butto
281. sche Vertraglichkeit von Geraten EMVG vom 18 September 1998 bzw der EMC EG Richtlinie 89 336 Dieses Ger t ist berechtigt in Ubereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG Konformitatszeichen CE zu f hren Verantwortlich fiir die Konformita tserklarung nach Paragraph 5 des EMVG ist die IBM Deutschland Informationssysteme GmbH 70548 Stuttgart Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraph 4 Abs Das Ger t erf llt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A EN 55022 Klasse A Ger te m ssen mit folgendem Warnhinweis versehen werden Warnung dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funkstorungen verursachen in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden angemessene Masnahmen durchzuf hren und daf r aufzukommen Anmerkung Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den IBM Handbiichern angegeben zu installieren und zu betreiben People s Republic of China Class A Electronic Emission Statement Pie RAE AR BAH AA AA WAAR m EARP BP mi RSM AAT TEE Ty Ree A PRA SRT TEE 293 Korean Class A Electronic Emission Statement OI aesoe2 AI Asse H OSL FONT E Nere Olas HoH oF BS Poias MHL Pes A igasse DESAI UIUC Japan VCCI Class A ITE Electronic Emission Statement CORES ARUBSESERESETMilinwe VCC DC TIAARRNRE CT CORE tAE CEAT A E RENO PET OMAR AMEN CARE 294 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual
282. se Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event code 811 Message Critically hot temperature warning CTP card thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the CTP card indicates the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Perform a switch reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv 286 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 812 Message CTP card shutdown due to thermal violations Severity Major Explanation The CTP card failed due to excessive thermal violations This event follows an event code 811 Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Perform a switch reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Y Y Y Y Y Event code 850 Message Switch shutdown due to CTP t
283. sequence received Severity Major Explanation An attached server received a not operational primitive sequence NOS Action A LIR is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in T11 99 017v0 OSI If fault isolation at the server does not detect a failure the problem may be due to a port failure Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to perform fault isolation In addition perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Refer to the T11 99 017v0 document for the specific link incident record format 278 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Event code 585 Message Primitive sequence timeout Severity Major Explanation An attached server recognized either a link reset LR protocol timeout or a timeout while waiting for the appropriate response while in a NOS receive state and after NOS was not longer recognized Action A LIR is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in T11 99 017v0 OSI If fault isolation at the server does not detect a failure the problem may be due to a port failure Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to perform fault isolation In addition perform a data collection and return the CD to support per
284. sified by type and the logs in each type are classified in a chronological order with the latest log entry on top The following information can be obtained from the all logs e Log Type The type of log Audit Event Security etc Reason The reason code for the event Date Time The date and time that the event occurred The format is yyyy mm dd hh mm ss tt The last two characters hundredth of seconds are needed due to possible higher frequency rate of some of the advanced logs Trigger Level The severity level of the event Informational Warning or Fatal Count The number of times that the same event occurred Category The category of the security event Description The description of the security event Data e User Name The name of the user e IP Address The IP address of the product e Protocol The protocol used to generate the log 164 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Syslog Configuration Using the Syslog Configuration you can choose to generate only the types of log that you require Click Enable to enable Syslogs To generate a syslog for a product use the following steps 1 2 5 Click New Type the IP address of the product for which the syslog is to be generated in the IP address field Select a facility from the drop down list Select the logs that you want to generate from the options in the Logs section The following options are available
285. sonnel Event data Refer to the T11 99 017v0 document for the specific link incident record format Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Event code 586 Message Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Severity Major Explanation An attached server recognized either a link reset LR or a link reset response LRR sequence while in the wait for online sequence OLS state Action A LIR is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in T11 99 017v0 OSI If fault isolation at the server does not detect a failure the problem may be due to a port failure Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to perform fault isolation In addition perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Refer to the T11 99 017v0 document for the specific link incident record format Appendix A Event code tables 279 Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Y 280 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual SBAR Events 600 through 699 Event Code 602 Message SBAR anomaly detected Severity Informationa
286. ssword and network addresses and Access the management server desktop for instructions e OSI host console Refer to documentation supplied with the host system for instructions Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 Go to step 7 6 Inspect the management interface for communication link failure Observe one of the following e A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or similar message browser PC Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 105 e The icon representing the product displays a grey square with an exclamation mark SAN management application e A grey square at the alert panel a No Link status and reason and no visible product CRUs Element Manager Hardware View Was a failure indication observed NO YES 1 Communication between the product and management interface failed Go to MAP 0300 Loss of server communication Exit MAP Perform a data collection and contact the next level of support Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data Element Manager Exit MAP 7 Inspect product status at the management interface a For the product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Hardware from the Product menu at any view The Hardware View displays SAN management application At the physical map right click the status icon for the product reporting the problem and select Element Manager from t
287. st Ref Column A Column B Description Qty Figure 70 22R5440 23R0706 Switch SAN32M 2 base assembly Reference 1 22R5442 23R0707 Power supply assembly 125 watt rated 12 VDC 2 output includes three fan assemblies as part of the CRU 228 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Power cords and receptacles Figure 71 illustrates optional power cords and receptacles Table 31 is the associated parts list The table includes reference numbers to Figure 71 feature numbers and descriptions 7 11 14 i12M1083 Figure 71 Power cords and receptacles Chapter 6 Illustrated parts breakdown 229 Table 31 Power cord and receptacle list Ref Part number Description Feature Reference only Power cord AC North America NEMA 5 15P straight 125 volts 10 amps 3 0 meters Receptacle NEMA 5 15R 1010 Reference only Power cord AC United Kingdom BS 1363 right angle 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle BS 1363 1012 Reference only Power cord AC European Union CEE 7 7 straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle CEE 7 1013 Reference only Power cord AC Australia AS 3112 straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle AS 3112 1014 Reference only Power cord AC Italy Chile Libya and Ethiopia CEI 23 16 VII straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle CEI 23 16 VII 1021 Reference only Power cord AC Israel
288. sting Reason A summary appears describing the reason if the port state is Segmented E_Port Invalid Attachment or Inactive For any other port state the reason is N A Chapter 4 Repair information 167 Inspect POM data At the Port List view click the entry for a port in the Health Status column POM data for the selected port appears in the lower panel of the view Figure 46 Table 24 POM Data Table Port Number The product s port number Health Status The condition of the installed optical transceiver Normal Warning Alarm or No Info Transceiver Type The installed transceiver type SFP XFP or Unknown If the port has a digital diagnostics DD enabled optical transceiver installed product firmware displays a table of reported temperature voltage current transceiver power and receiver power Optical transceivers also provide vendor specific threshold values for these parameters Inspect port transceiver technology At the Port List view click the entry for a port in the Transceiver column Port transceiver technology information for the selected port appears in the lower panel of the view Table 25 Inspect Port Transceiver Technology Table Transceiver The type of port transceiver Shortwave Laser Longwave Laser Long Distance Laser Unknown or None Distance Capability The port transmission distance Short Intermediate Long Very Long or Unknown The type of optical cable used Singlem
289. sure that the y configuration system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline To restore the switch configuration file from the PC communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface use the following steps 1 Set the switch offline For instructions refer to Set online state 2 Select Restore Configuration from the Maintenance menu Maintenance gt Restore Configuration The Restore Configuration view appears Figure 53 Maintenance gt Restore Configuration Download configuration file from fc Temp swconfig xml Browse Send Load Configuration Note Product Feature Keys should be installed before configuration is restored Switch must be OFFLINE to restore configuration The switch will be brought back online during the process to finish restoring the configuration i16M2014 Figure 53 Restore Configuration View 3 Select the file from the PC hard drive using the Browse button or type the filename at the Download Configuration file from field 4 Click Send and Load Configuration A message box appears indicating any browser operation will terminate the configuration download 5 Click OK to download the configuration The process takes several minutes to complete during which the browser is unavailable When the process completes the message Configuration restored successfully is displayed Chapter 4 Repair information 179
290. t IP address of 10 1 1 10 a Type the default IP address of 10 1 1 10 as the Internet URL The Enter Network Password dialog box appears b Type the default user name and password NOTE The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive c Click OK The EFCM Basic Edition interface opens and the procedure is complete 180 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Repair procedures SAN management application The following procedures performed at a rack mount management server running a SAN management application are described SAN management applications include SANavigator 4 2 or later and EFCM 8 7 or later e Obtain Fabric Log information on page 181 e Obtain Switch Log information on page 184 e Perform port diagnostics on page 190 Collect maintenance data on page 200 e Set online state on page 201 e Block or unblock a port on page 202 e Upgrade firmware on page 203 e Manage configuration data on page 206 Obtain Fabric Log information The SAN management application provides access to logs that contain fabric level maintenance information At the application main window select the Logs option from the Monitor menu then click select the desired log option Logs with maintenance information are e Audit e Event e Fabric e Group e Product Status e Session e Security Audit Log The audit log displays a history of all co
291. t Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Y Appendix A Event code tables 245 Event code 082 Message Port fenced Severity Informational Explanation The port was blocked after exceeding threshold criteria defined by the port fencing policy A hardware malfunction is indicated or the port fencing policy is too restrictive The fence type is indicated in the event data Action Identify and correct the hardware malfunction port transceiver fiber optic cable or attached fabric element or change the port fencing threshold settings to more lenient values After problem correction unblock the port Event data The first byte of event data byte 0 specifies the port number The fifth byte byte 4 specifies the fence type code as follows 1 Protocol error Failure is associated with persistent incomplete operations or application layer protocol errors including port logins fabric rebuilds and management protocol errors 2 Link level hot I O Failure is hardware related and associated with an unstable link state machine 3 Security violation Failure is associated with persistent firmware related security feature violations port binding violations or authentication failures The ninth byte byte 8 specifies the disabled reason code as follows 1 Unknown The failure reason is unknown 9 ISL fencing The E_Port ISL was fenced after the port exce
292. t Manager Refer to the Element Manager User Manual 620 000242 for instructions b Unblock the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port Element Manager Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 20 Port fencing threshold settings are too restrictive a At the EFCM Basic Edition interface or SAN management application change port fencing threshold settings to more lenient values as directed by the customer EFCM Basic Edition Refer to the EFCM Basic Edition User Manual 620 000240 for instructions SAN management application Refer to the SANavigator Software Release 4 2 User Manual 621 000013 or EFC Manager Software Release 8 7 User Manual 620 000170 for instructions b Unblock the port Refer to Block or unblock a port EFCM Basic Edition or Block or unblock a port Element Manager Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The fabric ISL and product are operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 148 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 21 Event codes 140 and 142 occur only if the optional OpenTrunking feature is enabled e Event code 140 OpenTrunking firmware detected an ISL with Fibre Channel traffic that exceeds the configured congestion threshold e Event code 142 OpenTrunking firmware detecte
293. t Protocol IP address subnet mask and gateway address Table 5 Factory set defaults Item Default Customer password password Maintenance password level 2 IP address 10 1 1 10 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address 0 0 0 0 Table 6 lists and summarizes MAPs Fault isolation normally begins at MAP 0000 Start MAP Table 6 MAP summary MAP Page MAP 0000 Start MAP 104 MAP 0100 Power distribution analysis 109 MAP 0200 POST failure analysis 111 99 Table 6 MAP summary Continued MAP Page MAP 0300 Loss of server communication 113 MAP 0400 Part failure analysis 123 MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis 126 MAP 0600 Fabric or ISL problem analysis 138 Table 7 lists event codes corresponding MAP references and provides a quick start guide if an event code is readily available Table 7 Event codes versus maintenance action Event code Explanation Action 011 Login Server database invalid Go to MAP 0600 021 Name Server database invalid Go to MAP 0600 031 SNMP request received from unauthorized community Add a community name at the Element Manager 051 Management Server database invalid Go to MAP 0600 061 Fabric Controller database invalid Go to MAP 0600 062 Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded Go to MAP 0600 063 Remote switch has too many ISLs Go to MAP 0600
294. t View A row of information for each port appears Each row consists of the following columns Table 22 Port List Table Port The product port number Name The user defined name or description for the port Block Configuration Indicates if a port is blocked or unblocked Operational State Port state Online Offline Not Installed Inactive Invalid Attachment Link Reset No Light Not Operational Port Failure Segmented E_Port or Testing 166 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Table 22 Table 23 Port List Table The type of port including generic mixed port GX_Port fabric mixed port FX_Port generic port G_Port fabric port F_Port or expansion port E_Port Health Status The condition of the installed optical transceiver Normal Warning Alarm or No Info Transceiver Installed transceiver type SFP XFP or Unknown Inspect Port Properties At the Port List view click a physical port number listed in the Port column Physical properties for the selected port appear in the lower panel of the view Inspect Port Properties Table FAN Configuration User configured state for fabric address notification FAN configuration Enabled or Disabled RX BB Credit The number of receive BB credits available for the port Operational State The port state Online Offline Not Installed Inactive Invalid Attachment Link Reset No Light Not Operational Port Failure Segmented E_Port Disabled or Te
295. t not configured to Open Fabric 1 0 mode e The product is configured to operate in Open Fabric 1 0 mode and is connected to a legacy IBM switch at the incorrect exchange link parameter ELP revision level e The product is configured to operate in Open Fabric 1 0 mode and is connected to a non IBM switch at the incorrect ELP revision level e The product is configured to operate in McDATA Fabric 1 0 mode and is connected to a non IBM switch Reconfigure the operating mode a Set the product offline Refer to Set online state EFCM Basic Edition or Set online state Element Manager b For the product reporting the problem EFCM Basic Edition Select Switch and Fabric Parameters from the Configure menu at any view The Fabric Parameters View displays Element Manager Select Operating Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the Configure menu at any view The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box displays c Select McDATA Fabric 1 0 or Open Fabric 1 0 from the nterop Mode drop down list Select McDATA Fabric 1 0 if the product is attached only to other IBM directors or switches operating in McDATA Fabric 1 0 mode SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Select Open Fabric 1 0 if the product is attached to directors or switches produced by open fabric compliant original equipment manufacturers OEMs d Click OK or Activate Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The product port is op
296. t parameters cccccccssesescetsteseseeteteseeens 76 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Configure fabric paraMete s ccccccccce sec esetee ee ceeeeeeeeeee 78 Confi g re POrts iriko aae E a eara rE las ites 80 Configure SNMP nsmskeruikanaiinia ahn aisi 82 Configure threshold alerts ses snssnessssssessisstssssseesinsessnsneenees 84 Enable EFCM Basic Edition and Telnet access ccccccees 86 Configure enable and test e mail notification 87 Configure and enable Ethernet event 0cccccee eee 88 Configure enable and test call home event notification 89 Configure security essiri a a ta 89 Configure interswitch links 0 00 ccc cee eesesteneeseeeeseseeeeeens 91 Task 19 Back up configuration data cccccccese senescence 91 Task 20 Cable Fibre Channel ports ccccccsssscssssesesceeeesesestenenees 94 Task 21 Configure zoning optional cee seseseeeeeeceneeeeees 95 Task 22 Connect product to a fabric element eptional 96 Maintenance analysis procedures Factory defaults iisisiediivet tanec nities e p eset ult 99 Quick start 4s05 een n tee Siete Seite eee NG 99 MAP 0000 Start MAP cccccccccccsessesseescsscsecssesecsecsseecssesseeeseecssenees 104 MAP 0100 Power distribution analySis cccccseeseseseeeneens 109 MAP 0200 POST failure analysis 0 0 0 0 ccc cence 111 MAP 0300 Loss of server COMMUNICATION ccceesee
297. t server c At the SAN management application select Setup from the Discover menu The Discover Setup dialog box appears Figure 64 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Out of Bend Available Addresses i Selected Individual Addresses Description IP Address Communty String Product Type Description JIP Address Community String 1 2 60 2 Defaut Switch 102 0 41 Default 10 11 10 Defaut Switch 1721617196 Default 10 20 41 Detaut Switch gt 172 1617197 Defaut 1721647196 Defaut Switch 4 172 16 17 197 Detaut Switch i16M2025 Figure 64 Discover Setup dialog box d Select highlight the entry representing the reset switch in the Available Addresses window and click Edit The Address Properties dialog box appears Figure 65 P Address SNMP Product Type and Access Description IP Address 10 1110 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 i16M2026 Figure 65 Address Properties dialog box e Type 10 1 1 10 in the IP Address field and click OK Entries at the Discover Setup dialog box reflect the new IP address f Click OK at the Discover Setup dialog box Switch to management server communication is restored and the procedure is complete 5 Change the switch IP address and restart the management server session as follows a A grey square with a yellow exclamation mark appears adjacent to the icon representing the reset switch indicating switch is not communicating with the management
298. t server default 65 switch default 17 99 L laser transceiver description 3 illustrated parts breakdown 226 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual removal 216 replacement 218 types available 3 LCD panel configure private server network addresses 51 configure public server network addresses 52 default password for management server 51 LEDs ERR 6 port status 6 power supply status 6 PWR 6 link incident log EFCM Basic Edition 161 Element Manager 186 logs embedded port 188 embedded port frame EFCM Basic 163 event EFCM Basic 161 event Element Manager 185 event SAN management 182 fabric EFCM Basic 163 fabric SAN management 182 hardware 186 link incident EFCM Basic 161 link incident Element Manager 186 open trunking 187 open trunking re route EFCM Basic 162 port threshold alert 186 product status 183 switch fabric 189 loopback plug description 14 illustration 14 loopback test external EFCM Basic Edition 171 SAN management application 197 internal EFCM Basic Edition 169 SAN management application 196 M MAC address switch 47 maintenance analysis procedures MAP 0000 Start MAP 104 MAP 0100 Power distribution analysis 109 MAP 0200 POST failure analysis 111 MAP 0300 Loss of server communication 113 MAP 0400 FRU failure analysis 123 MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis 126 MAP 0600 Fabric or ISL problem analysis 138 summary 99 maintenance approach 8 maintenance port con
299. t switch ccc teteseeeeeeesesteneneneeeees 24 Desktop installation innin ia 24 Rack mount installation cccccccccccescessecescecsscecsecsseeesseeeeseees 25 iv Task 4 Configure product using EFCM Basic optional 27 Configure product identification ccceeeeeceseesesteneteseees 29 Configure date and time ee ceeeseesesesseeeesessssseeeeees 30 Configure parameters ccccc cece eee ceceseseececscssenseeeeeenens 31 Configure fabric parameters ccc eects cseeee eens ce neeeeees 32 Configure network information 0 0 cesses te eeeeees 34 Configure basic port information cccccc cece ce teens 35 Configure port BB_Credit ccc cece teseeeceeeteneenees 36 Configure port NPIV resini o iE a RRR 37 Configure SNMP i sicececesfentisvenccesteccses fustosetnerashaveceesteilansestvestutes 37 Eriable CLI unnsette irienn EAEE E E EER 39 Enable or disable host control ssessseeeeeessesssrsrsirreeeresssrseseee 39 Configure SSL encryption cece ce sseeeeseeeseseenees 40 Install PFE keys optional eee ee sesssseeseseneseeenens 42 Configure Security sssri mope deities lashed 45 Configure interswitch links cccccc eee cesses cee eeeeeees 46 Task 5 Configure product network information optional 47 Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses 50 Configure PaSSWOL siseringi tise 51 Configure private LAN addresses c ccsecsescetsteesesteteteeees 5
300. t the Node List tab at any view The Node List View displays b At the Port WWN column inspect the WWN assigned to the port or attached device c The WWN must be entered in XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX format or must be a valid nickname Ensure a valid WWN or nickname is entered Was the maintenance action successful NO YES L The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 3 As indicated by event code 081 a port has an invalid attachment a At the Event Log examine the first five bytes of event data b Byte 0 specifies the port reporting the problem Byte 4 specifies the invalid attachment reason as listed in Table 15 Table 15 Invalid attachment reasons and actions Byte 4 Invalid attachment reason Action 01 Unknown Contact the next level of support 02 ISL connection not allowed Go to step 4 03 04 Incompatible switch Go to step 5 05 Loopback plug connected Go to step 6 06 N Port connection not allowed Go to step 4 07 Non IBM switch at other end Go to step 5 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Table 15 Invalid attachment reasons and actions Continued Byte 4 Invalid attachment reason Action 08 E_Port capability disabled Go to step 7 0A Unauthorized port binding WWN Go to step 2 0B Unresponsive node Go to step 8 oc ESA security mismatch Go to step 10 0D Fabric binding mismatch
301. tate for instructions Configure ports Follow the procedure in this section to configure the ports for the product To configure Fibre Channel ports use the following steps 1 Select Ports from the Configure menu Configure gt Ports The Configure Ports dialog box appears Figure 39 80 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Port FC Address Figure 39 Blocked RX BB Credit LIN Alerts Type Speed Gb s NPIV Login Limit Port Binding 4 Ca at i 1 a URARTE a ee aaia ata aaa gt 24M1173 Activate Cancel Help Configure Ports dialog box a Type a port name less than 24 alphanumeric characters in the Name field The port name should characterize the device to which the port is attached b Enable Disable Check Uncheck the Blocked check box to block or unblock the switch c Type the desired value for buffer credits in the RX BB Credit column The switch provides two port buffer pools of 235 receive BB_Credits each 470 credits total Ports 0 through 3 8 through 11 16 through 19 and 24 through 27 share buffer pool zero Ports 4 through 7 12 through 15 20 through 23 and 28 through 31 share buffer pool one Each port can be assigned between two and 120 credits provided the total credits allocated to all ports in a pool does not exceed 235 The default value is 12 credits per port d Enable check the check box in the LIN Alerts column to enable link incident LIN alerts default is
302. tates and associated symbols Table 4 Operational states and symbols Operational state Status symbol Operational Communication is established the product is operational No status and no failures are indicated Go to Task 15 Configure PFE key symbol optional Degraded Communication is established but the product is operating in degraded mode and requires service This condition is typical if a port or redundant CRU fails Go to step 2 A Failed Communication is established but the product failed and requires immediate service Go to step 2 Status Unknown Product status is unknown because of a network communication failure Go to step 2 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 2 Right click the product icon at the SAN management application s physical map A pop up menu appears 3 Select the Element Manager option from the pop up menu When the Element Manager application opens the last view accessed by a user opens by default As an example the Hardware view Figure 31 is shown Product Configure Logs Maintenance Help Hardware Port List Node List Performance FRULIst Status Name Status Fully Operational Description Fibre Channel Switch State Online Location 1S Se es aa cA a Gal a zz cA cA al eA m m A Ga a Front View c Sk gt meee Rear View i24M1181 Figure 31 Hardware View 4 Inspect product status at the H
303. tch reset due to system power up IML or manual reset A software reset can occur automatically after a firmware fault event code 411 or be user initiated Event data indicates the type of reset Action No action required Event data Byte 0 reset type as follows 00 power on 02 IML 04 reset Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv 266 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event code 411 Message Firmware fault Severity Major Explanation Switch firmware encountered an unexpected condition and dumped operating state information to FLASH memory for retrieval and analysis The dump file automatically transfers to the management server where it is stored for retrieval through a data collection The switch performs a software reset during which all attached Fibre Channel devices are momentarily disrupted log out and log back in Action Perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data Bytes 0 3 fault identifier least significant byte first Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Y Y Y Y Y Y Event code 421 Message Firmware download complete Severity In
304. te Time The date and time the link incident occurred e Port The port number reporting the link incident e Link Incident Event Brief description of the link incident and cause including Implicit incident Bit error threshold exceeded Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Not operational primitive sequence received Primitive sequence timeout Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Refer to MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis for corrective actions Port Threshold The Port Threshold Alert Log records a history of threshold alert Alert Log notifications The following information can be obtained from the Port Threshold Alert logs e Date Time The date and time the alert occurred 186 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Security Open Trunking Log Name The alert name as configured using the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box Port The port number where the alert occurred Type The type of alert transmit Tx or receive Rx Utilization The usage of traffic capacity in percent This setting constitutes the threshold value and is configured through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box For example a value of 25 means that the threshold occurs when throughput reaches 25 percent of the port capacity Interval The time interval during which throughput is measured and an alert can generate Set through the Configure Threshold
305. te is Segmented E_Port Invalid Attachment or Inactive For any other port state the reason field is blank or N A Threshold Alert If a threshold alert exists for the port an alert indicator yellow triangle and the configured name for the alert appear Zoning Enforcement The zoning policy enforced Hard Zoning Soft Zoning or N A Port 0 Port Name Type GX Technology Multi mode 50 62 5 um Shortwave Laser Operating Speed 1 Gbis Fibre Channel Address N A not logged in Port WAAN 2000080088E26053 Attached Port WAN Not logged in Attached Port Nickname Block Configuration Blocked by user RX BB Credits Configured 6 NPIV Login Limit Configured 1 Logged in IDs 0 LIN Alerts Contiguration On FAN Configuration On Beaconing Off Link Incident None Operational State A Offline Reason Threshold Alert Zoning Enforcement NIA Optics Close Help i16M2016 Figure 55 Port Properties dialog box Port Technology To open the Port Technology dialog box Figure 56 right click a port dialog box graphic at the Hardware view or a port row at the Port List view then select Port Technology from the pop up menu 194 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Port Number 0 Connector Type LC Transceiver Distance Media Speed Figure 56 Port Technology dialog box The dialog box provides the information described in Table 29 The Shortwave Laser lt 50m Multimode 50 um 1 Gb s 2 Gb s 4 Gb s Cl
306. teeseeseeeseeeeee 113 MAP 0400 Part failure analysis 0 0 0 0 cece cece ceeenees 123 MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis ccce 126 MAP 0600 Fabric or ISL problem analySis cccccceccesesees 138 Repair information Procedural note cccccccccccsscsssccssscessecsscecsscecscessecessecescesseceessceseeees 153 Poweron SWC oi8 iss dics cigs dehesestends nen a baste a a 153 Power Off swith inisinia on e Aa e S VA 155 IML orresetswitchneiean ieii oi A 155 DIMA Meise ct ohn a a a a Oa O goes 156 R se tman anara n e a a SAE ESAE 156 Clean fiber optic components s se sssssesisssserttssstertisssesttssstenttsneene 157 Download firmiwaf niesienia naea a e e N 158 Port EED did gnostiese nsa ina ei oi inina 159 Repair procedures EFCM Basic Edition eee 160 Obtain log information ce ces eseseeteneeseseeteteeeeeees 160 Perform port Diagnostics ccccccccseseseeseseneseseseeeeeecsees 165 Collect maintenance data cccccccccssccsseeescesssceeeceseecsseeesecesees 172 Setionline State seanina ai e a 174 Contents vV Block or unblock a POTt eee cesses ee eeteeeeseeeeseeesenees 175 Upgrade firmware cccceccceseseesesssssssssessnssssesesessnsnseseeees 176 Manage configuration data cscesesssneneeneees 178 Repair procedures SAN management application 181 Obtain Fabric Log information eee ee eeeeeeees 181 Obtain Switch Log information eee cesses 184 Perform port di
307. ter completing an RRP Clear the event codes reporting the failure and recovery from the product Event Log Extinguish the amber system error light emitting diode LED at the product front panel Follow these ESD procedures e If the product is connected to facility power grounded wear an ESD wrist strap and grounding cable connected to the product chassis e If the product is not connected to facility power not grounded wear an ESD wrist strap and grounding cable connected to an approved bench grounding point 215 e Touch the product chassis once before performing a procedure and once each minute during the procedure e Store ESD sensitive parts in antistatic packaging Customer replaceable unit SFP optical transceiver The small form factor pluggable optical transceiver is a concurrent part that is removed and replaced while the product is powered on and operational There are ESD precautions for the part Refer to Chapter 6 Illustrated parts breakdown for the part locations and part numbers Tools required The following tools are required e Protective cap provided with the fiber optic jumper cable e Loopback plug provided with the product e Fiber optic cleaning kit e ESD grounding cable and wrist strap A 5 16 inch door tool may be used for some procedures Removal To remove an SFP optical transceiver 1 Notify the customer that the port with the defective transceiver will be blocked Ensu
308. terface other IBM products and device connections e The internet protocol IP address gateway address and subnet mask for the product reporting the problem e User IDs and passwords Continue to the next step 2 Ensure the product is connected to facility power Inspect the product for indications of being powered on such as e An illuminated PWR LED green or ERR LED amber e Illuminated LEDs adjacent to Fibre Channel ports e Noise and airflow from cooling fans Is the product powered on YES NO A power distribution problem is indicated Go to MAP 0100 Power distribution analysis Exit MAP 104 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 3 At the failed product inspect the amber ERR LED and amber LEDs associated Fibre Channel ports and CRUs Are any amber LEDs illuminated NO YES L A CRU failure power on self test POST failure link incident interswitch link ISL problem fenced E_Port or segmented E_Port is indicated To obtain event codes that identify the failure go to step 10 4 Is the product management interface browser PC management server or OSI host console powered on and operational NO YES 4 Go to step 7 5 Power on the management interface platform and launch the associated management application e EFCM Basic Edition Refer to Task 4 Configure product using EFCM Basic optional for instructions e SAN management application Refer to Task 6 Configure server pa
309. tesses 22 Mounting bracket installation Ethernet hub 0 eee eee eeeeeeees 23 Hard Ware View asinina a a ir n T i decrees 28 Identification View siitin Sense Seeded Side a 29 Date Pime View echt 0c foie he Wek heise ithe Bahan Skee eee 30 Parameters View enine E a E E EE 31 Fabric Parameters View cccccsscsssscssscessecesseesscescecesscesseceeeecsseeeeecesesesaeeeaeess 32 Network Vew oreraa aE RN e ea a a a aS 34 Basic Information View ccccccccsccessecsssecscecssseesecessecesecesseceseecseceeaecesseesaeceseess 36 SNMP VIEW aia r a aa aaa igh esis a Se beds 38 CLD VAC Wiles a a a aa a a a a 39 OSMS VIEW miie aa a sete dle Secs tee tees hace Beck a ES 40 SS Tu Va NAER oes De Bh latent asta Sic E AA 41 Maintenance Feature Installation View ccccccccecscessessecsecssecseceeetseeseeeeees 44 Connection Description dialog DOX cecccccscesceteteeseeeeteseeeecesesesesnaneneeeees 48 Identification Changes Dialog BOX ccccccccccee ee cseseeseeeeceseseneteseenens 54 Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties dialog DOX ccececcceeseeeteteteeeees 56 Add New Uset wizard sessio minaaa r beens 58 Properties dialog box General tab ss ss ssssssssssssesstssssrsttsstesstenteessrssterstes 59 Date Time Properties dialog box Time Zone tab 0 eee 60 Date Time Properties dialog box Date amp Time tab ss ssssssssississesseesees 61 Add User dialog DOK serisini pnsan asi ai 63 Address Properties dialog box IP Address page
310. the General tab selected Figure 26 2 Type the appropriate new user information in the User name Full name and Description fields then click the Group Membership tab The Properties dialog box appears with the Group Membership tab selected 3 Select the Standard user Restricted user or Other radio button based on the level of access to be changed If the Other radio button is selected choose the type of access from the adjacent list box 58 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual General Group Membership User name Full name Description Ee Cancel Apply i24M1162 Figure 26 Properties dialog box General tab 4 Click OK The new user information is added and the Properties dialog box closes Record the user information for reference if the server hard drive fails and must be restored 5 If no other users are to be changed close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop Task 9 Set management server date and time SAN Management application logs are stamped with the server date and time and the product system clock is synchronized with the server date and time by default To set the server date and time use the following steps 1 At the Windows desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then sequentially select Settings Control Panel and Date Time The Date Time Properties dialog box appears with the Date amp Time page open NOTE The T
311. the product and provides software enforced encryption 4 Click OK to save and activate changes Enable or disable host control Follow the procedure in this section to configure the open systems management server and enable OSI host control of the product Implementing and enabling OSI host control requires installation of a SAN management application on the OSI server Applications include Veritas SANPoint Control or Tivoli NetView Chapter 2 Installation tasks 39 To enable or disable OSMS host control use the following steps p 1 Select OSMS from the Configure menu The OSMS view appears Figure 19 Configure gt OSMS Open System Management Server Disabled Enable Host Control a ie i24M1138 Figure 19 OSMS View 2 Perform one of the following e Click Enable to activate OSMS e Click Disable to deactivate OSMS 3 Click check the Enable Host Control check box to activate host control of the product 4 Click OK to save and activate changes Configure SSL encryption SSL is a protocol that encrypts internet communications The protocol uses key encryption and includes a digital certificate that enables server authentication and SSL session initialization When web SSL is enabled all data transmitted over an authenticated internet connection is encrypted Software SSL enables use of an application program interface API connection With software SSL enabl
312. the respective field Select Exit from the File pull down menu A HyperTerminal message box appears Click Yes A second message box appears Click No to exit and close the application Power off the maintenance terminal and disconnect the RS 232 modem cable Replace the protective cap over the maintenance port Perform a POR IML or reset switch Connect the product to the customer supplied Ethernet LAN segment or Ethernet hub a Connect one end of the Ethernet patch cable supplied to the RJ 45 connector labelled 10 100 b Connect the remaining end of the cable to the LAN as directed by the customer or to any available Ethernet hub port Go to Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses Task 6 Configure server password and network addresses Ensure that the LAN is installed If the server or equipment cabinet is installed on a dedicated LAN network information does not require change Change the default password for the server LCD panel if required by the customer then go to Task 7 Configure management server information If the server or equipment cabinet is installed on a public LAN the default password for the server LCD panel and the following transmission control protocol internet protocol TCP IP network information must be changed to conform to the customer s LAN addressing scheme IP address Subnet mask 50 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Configure password To config
313. tically recovers after the reset Action Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to support personnel Appendix A Event code tables 269 Event Data Bytes 0 3 reason for adapter reset least significant byte first reset_error_type 1 completion notification for timed out frame transmission Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Event code 433 Message Nonrecoverable Ethernet fault Severity Major Explanation A non recoverable Ethernet interface failure was detected and the LAN connection to the management server or Internet was terminated No failure information or event codes are reported outside the switch Although Fibre Channel port functionality is not affected the switch cannot be monitored or configured Action Replace the switch Event data Byte 0 LAN error type as follows 01 hard failure 04 registered fault Byte 1 LAN error subtype internally defined Byte 2 LAN fault identifier internally defined Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Event code 440 Message Embedded port hardware failed Severity Major Explanation The embedded port hard
314. tion tasks 31 4 Enable check the Domain RSCN field if you want the attached devices to register and receive notification when other devices change state Enable check the Suppress RSCN on Zone Set Activations if you do not want the RSCNs to be transmitted when a zone set is activated Enable check the Isolate on zone activations field if you want only devices that require RSCN notification due to a zoning configuration change to receive RSCNs Do not enable this option if Suppress on zone set activations is enabled because RSCNs will not be sent to attached devices Enable check the Limited Fabric RSCN field if you do not want the RSCNs to be transmitted after a switch initial program load IPL Click OK to save and activate changes Set the product online Refer to Set online state for instructions Configure fabric parameters To configure fabric operating parameters use the following steps 1 2 Set the product offline Refer to Set online state for instructions Select Fabric Parameters from the Configure menu Configure gt Switch gt Fabric Parameters The Fabric Parameters view appears Figure 14 Configure gt Switch gt Fabric Parameters R_A_TO hoo tenths of a second E_ D_TO zo tenths of a second Switch Priority Default Y Interop Mode Open Fabric 1 0 The device must be offline to activate a changes to this parameter o ea i24M1131 Fig
315. tomer of the problem and disconnect the ISL to the unsupported fabric element Exit MAP 16 Event code 082 is informational only and indicates a product E_Port is fenced blocked An application or hardware malfunction occurred as indicated by failure symptoms or primary event codes or the port fencing policy is too restrictive Obtain supplementary event data as follows a At the Event Log examine the first five bytes 0 through 4 of event data b Byte 0 specifies the E_Port reporting the problem Byte 4 specifies the port fence code as listed in Table 19 Table 19 Port fence codes and actions Byte 4 Port fence code Action 01 Protocol error Go to step 17 02 Link level hot I O Go to step 18 03 Security violation Go to step 19 146 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual 17 An E_Port is fenced because of a protocol error Depending on failure cause additional information and event codes are available at the product or attached switch Perform one of the following e The E_Port is segmented and accompanied by primary event code 070 Go to step 7 e The fiber optic cable is disconnected the cable failed or is degraded or the port optical transceiver failed The failure is accompanied by a primary event code indicating the failure type Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP and perform fault isolation for the primary event code Exit MAP e The E_Port is fenced because of persistent incomplete
316. tor participating in the fabric Ifthe domain ID must be changed from the EFCM Basic Edition refer to Task 4 Configure product using EFCM Basic optional Ifthe domain ID must be changed from the management server refer to Task 18 Configure the Element Manager application Ensure that RLA_TOV and E_D_TOV values for the product are identical to the values for all switches or directors participating in the fabric Ifthe values must be changed from the EFCM Basic Edition refer to Task 4 Configure product using EFCM Basic optional Ifthe values must be changed from the management server refer to Task 18 Configure the Element Manager application Route a multimode or singlemode fiber optic cable depending on the type of transceiver installed from a customer specified E_Port of the fabric element to the front of the product Connect the fiber optic cable to a product port as directed by the customer If the product is managed through the management server go to step 7 If the product is managed through EFCM Basic Edition a Select Port List from the Product menu at any view The Port List view appears 96 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual I 10 b At the Port List view click the physical port number of the fabric ISL connected in step 5 in the Port column Physical properties for the port appear in the lower panel of the view c Ensure that the Operational State field displays Online
317. tribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 253 Power supply events 200 through 299 Event code 200 Message Power supply AC voltage failure Severity Major Explanation AC input to the power supply is disconnected or AC circuitry in the power supply failed The event only occurs when two power supplies are installed The second power supply assumes the full operating load Action Ensure the power supply is connected to facility AC power and verify operation of the facility power source If the AC voltage does not recover indicated by event code 203 contact IBM to replace the failed power supply Perform a data collection and return the CD and failed power supply to support personnel Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info LinkIncident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event code 201 Message Power supply DC voltage failure Severity Major Explanation DC circuitry in the power supply failed The event only occurs when two power supplies are installed The second power supply assumes the full operating load Action Contact IBM to replace the failed power suppl
318. umEvent Incident was repeated several times in the past one hour 0x03 LongEvent Incident was repeated several times in the past 24 hours Event Code 085 Message Continuous Incident Detection and Reporting with E Mail CIDR threshold was exceeded for the port and this event will trigger an E Mail Severity Informational Explanation CIDR threshold value exceeded for one of the following incidents Unroutable Frames Incident Port continuously receiving unroutable frames Routable Good Frames Incident Port continuously receiving frames with embedded port as destination e Invalid Transmission words Incident Port continuously receiving frames with invalid transmission words The CIDR reason code is indicated in the event data Action Identify the responsible device and fix Event Data See Event 84 Data table Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv 248 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 086 Message Continuous Incident Detection and Reporting with Call Home CIDR threshold was exceeded for the port and this event will trigger E Mail as well as Call Home Severity Informational Explanation CIDR threshold value exceeded for one of the following incidents e Unroutable Frames Incident Port contin
319. uously receiving unroutable frames Routable Good Frames Incident Port continuously receiving frames with embedded port as destination e Invalid Transmission words Incident Port continuously receiving frames with invalid transmission words The CIDR reason code is indicated in the event data Action Identify the responsible device and fix Event Data See Event 84 Data table Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Event code 120 Message Error detected while processing system management command Severity Informational Explanation This event occurs when the switch receives a management command that violates specified boundary conditions typically as a result of a network error The switch rejects the command drops the switch to server Ethernet link and forces error recovery processing When the link recovers the command can be retried Action No action is required for an isolated event If this event persists perform a data collection and return the CD to support personnel Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 249 Event code 121
320. up diagnostic failure Go to MAP 0200 410 Switch reset No action required 411 Firmware fault Go to MAP 0200 412 CTP watchdog timer reset Go to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic or Collect maintenance data Element Manager 421 Firmware download complete No action required 423 CTP firmware download initiated No action required 426 Multiple ECC single bit errors occurred Go to MAP 0400 433 Non recoverable Ethernet fault Go to MAP 0400 440 Embedded port hardware failed Go to MAP 0400 442 Embedded port anomaly detected No action required 445 ASIC detected a system anomaly No action required 453 New feature key installed No action required 506 Fibre Channel port failure Go to MAP 0500 507 Loopback diagnostics port failure Go to MAP 0500 508 Fibre Channel port anomaly detected No action required 510 Optical transceiver hot insertion initiated No action required 512 Optical transceiver nonfatal error Go to MAP 0500 102 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Table 7 Event codes versus maintenance action Continued Event code Explanation Action 513 Optical transceiver hot removal completed No action required 514 Optical transceiver failure Go to MAP 0500 515 Optical digital diagnostics warning threshold exceeded Go to MAP 0500 516 Optical digital diagnostics alarm threshold exceeded Go to MAP 050
321. ure 14 Fabric Parameters View 32 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual a Typea value between 10 1200 tenths of a second 1 120 seconds in the R_A_TOV field Ten seconds 100 is the recommended value The R_A_TOV value must exceed the E_D_TOV value b Type a value between 2 600 tenths of a second 0 2 60 seconds at the E_D_TOV field Two seconds 20 is the recommended value NOTE Fabric elements must be set to the same R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV values An ISL between fabric elements with different values segments and prevents communication c Select from the Switch Priority drop down list to designate the fabric s principal switch The principal switch is assigned a priority of 1 and controls the allocation and distribution of domain IDs for all fabric elements including itself Available selections are Default Principal and Never Principal Principal is the highest priority setting Default is next and Never Principal is the lowest At least one switch in a fabric must be set as Principal or Default If all switches are set to Never Principal all ISLs segment d Select from the Interop Mode drop down list to set the product operating mode This setting affects the management mode and does not affect port operation The available selections are e McDATA Fabric 1 0 Select this option if the product is fabric attached only to other IBM directors or switches operating in McDATA fabric mode e Open Fabric 1 0
322. ure a new LCD panel password 1 Press ENTER on the management server LCD panel The Welcome or operational information message changes to an Input Password 0 message Using the A button to increment a digit the Y button to decrement a digit the lt button to move the cursor left and the gt button to move the cursor right input the default password 9999 and press ENTER A LAN 1 Setting message appears at the LCD panel Press the W button several times until the Change Password option appears at the LCD panel then press ENTER A New Password 0 message appears Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new 4 digit numeric password then press ENTER A Save Change Yes Save message appears Press ENTER A Wait a moment message appears at the LCD panel the LCD panel returns to the LAN 1 Setting message and the password changes Configure private LAN addresses To configure TCP IP network information for the private LAN connection LAN 2 use the following steps 1 Press ENTER on the management server LCD panel The Welcome or operational information message changes to an Input Password 0 message Using the A button to increment a digit the Y button to decrement a digit the lt button to move the cursor left and the p gt button to move the cursor right input the default or changed password and press ENTER The LAN 1 Setting message appears at the LCD panel Press the W
323. ve humidity 8 to 80 Maximum wet bulb temperature 270 C 819 F Altitude 3 048 meters 10 000 feet Maintenance approach The maintenance approach instructs service personnel to perform fault isolation and repair procedures without degrading or interrupting product operation or associated applications Fault isolation begins when one or more of the following occur e Event information displays at a browser capable PC communicating with the product through the EFCM Basic Edition interface e Event information displays at a LAN connected PC or workstation communicating with the rack mount management server running a SAN management application 8 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Switch management Management server LEDs on the product front panel or CRUs illuminate to indicate a hardware malfunction An unsolicited SNMP trap message is received at a management workstation indicating an operational state change or failure Event notification is received at a designated support center through an e mail message or the call home feature Fault isolation and repair information is provided through maintenance analysis procedures MAPs MAPs are step by step procedures that provide information to interpret events isolate a failure to a CRU remove and replace the CRU and verify product operation Fault isolation begins with MAP 0000 Start MAP The switch is managed and controlled through a Customer supplied PC
324. vice Manual e 315 Cooling fan propeller recovered If the event codes do not appear go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem 7 Verify power supply operation At a web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface or at the management server Element Manager application open the Hardware View and observe the FRU graphic to ensure alert symbols do not appear yellow triangle or red diamond If a problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP to isolate the problem 8 Perform the data collection procedure Refer to Collect maintenance data EFCM Basic Edition or Collect maintenance data SAN management application for instructions 9 Clear the system error LED on the product front bezel Ata web browser communicating with the EFCM Basic Edition interface select Clear System Error Light from the Maintenance menu At the management server Element Manager application open the Hardware View Right click the front panel bezel graphic away from a FRU then click the Clear System Error Light menu selection 10 If necessary close and lock the equipment cabinet door Chapter 5 Removal and replacement procedures 223 224 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Chapter 6 Illustrated parts breakdown Copyright IBM Corp 2006 This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdown for IBM TotalStorage SAN32M 2 switch customer replaceable units CRUs Exploded view assembly drawing
325. ware detected a fatal error Action Replace the switch Event data Byte 0 CTP slot position 00 Byte 1 engineering reason code Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count 270 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Y Y Y Y Event code 442 Message Embedded port anomaly detected Severity Informational Explanation The switch detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or status of the embedded port Action No action required An additional event code is generated if this incident exceeds an error threshold or results in a port failure Event data Byte 0 embedded port number Byte 12 detecting port Byte 1 anomaly reason code Byte 13 connected port Bytes 4 7 elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 16 and 17 HA error callout 3 Bytes 8 and 9 HA error callout 1 Bytes 18 and 19 HA error callout 4 Bytes 10 and 11 HA error callout 2 Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Appendix A Event code tables 271 Port events 500 through 599 Event Code 502 Message Port module anomaly detected Severity
326. witch for instructions Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 4 The product is operational Exit MAP A CTP card failure is indicated Replace the switch Exit MAP MAP 0500 Port failure or link incident analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceivers and Fibre Channel link incidents One or more of the following indicate a failure e Event code 080 081 083 506 507 512 514 515 or 516 observed at the Event Log EFCM Basic Edition or Element Manager interface e Event code 581 582 583 584 585 or 586 observed at the console of an OSI server attached to the product reporting the problem e Anerror message observed at the Link Incident Log EFCM Basic Edition or Element Manager interface 1 Table 13 lists event codes explanations and MAP steps Table 13 MAP 500 event codes a Explanation Action 080 Unauthorized worldwide name Go to step 2 081 Invalid attachment Go to step 3 083 Port set to inactive state Go to step 13 126 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Table 13 MAP 500 event codes Continued Event Explanation Action code 506 Fibre Channel port failure Go to step 17 507 Loopback diagnostics port failure Go to step 18 512 Optical transceiver nonfatal error Go to step 17 514 Optical transceiver failure Go to step 17 515 Optical digital dia
327. xit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 16 A port is inactive because the port swap configuration is invalid Perform a port swap procedure Element Manager only ensure the configuration is valid and ensure the port address matches the hardware configuration definition HCD of the attached host Refer to Swap ports Exit MAP 17 As indicated by event codes 506 512 514 515 or 516 a port failed and the optical transceiver must be removed and replaced Refer to Customer replaceable unit SFP optical transceiver e The procedure is concurrent and performed while the product is operational e Replace the transceiver with a transceiver of the same type shortwave or longwave and speed e Perform an external loopback test Refer to External loopback test EFCM Basic Edition or External loopback test Element Manager NOTE Event code 514 may generate a call home event that incorrectly indicates a CTP card failure Although the optical socket on the CTP card may have failed replace the transceiver and verify operation If a failure is still indicated replace the switch When event code 514 is indicated ensure a replacement transceiver and switch are available Was the maintenance action successful NO YES 1 The product port is operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 135 18 As indicated by event code 507 a port failed a loopb
328. y Perform a data collection and return the CD and failed power supply to support personnel Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Event Log Error LED Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv 254 SAN32M 2 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 202 Message Power supply thermal failure Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with a power supply indicates an overheat condition that shut down the power supply The second power supply assumes the full operating load for the director Action Replace the failed power supply Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and failed power supply to support personnel Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Director Management Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error LED Event Log Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event code 203 Message Power supply AC voltage recovery Severity Informational Explanation AC voltage recovered for the power supply Both power supplies adjust to share operating load Action No action required Event data No supplementary data included Distribution Product Management Server Host EFCM Basic System Event Log E Mail Call Home Se
329. ype a product description in the Description field Type the product IP address determined by the network administrator in the P Address field Type the product subnet mask determined by the network administrator in the Subnet Mask field Click the Product Type and Access tab Select Switch from the Product Type drop down list and type customer specified values in the User ID Password and Retype Password fields Click OK to close the dialog box and define the new product configuration to the SAN management application Click OK to close the Discover Setup dialog box Was the maintenance action successful NO 4 YES The management server connection is restored Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP MAP 0400 Part failure analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for product parts NOTE The event log will indicate a FRU regardless of whether the part is actually a customer replaceable unit or a field replaceable unit One or more of the following indicate a failure Illumination of the associated amber LED Event code 300 301 302 303 304 305 370 426 433 440 810 811 812 or 850 observed at the Event Log EFCM Basic Edition or Element Manager interface Chapter 3 Maintenance analysis procedures 123 1 Table 12 lists event codes explanations and MAP steps Table 12 MAP 400 event codes aie Explan

SAN32M-2 Installation and Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents